Synchronoss
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

Table of Contents (Mark One) UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 Or For the transition period from to Commission file number 001-40574 SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 200 Crossing Boulevard, 3rd Floor Bridgewater, New Jersey (Address of principal executive offices) 06-1594540 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 08807 (Zip Code) (866) 620-3940 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Common Stock, $.0001 par value 8.375% Senior Notes due 2026 Trading Symbol(s) SNCR SNCRL Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company, ”and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Non‑accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ Table of Contents If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the Registrant’s last completed second quarter, based upon the closing price of the common stock as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market on such date was approximately $257.8 million. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director and stockholders known by the Registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding stock based on public filings and other information known to the Registrant have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. As of March 14, 2022, a total of 88,250,559 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were outstanding. The exhibit index as required by Item 601(a) of Regulation S-K is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this report on Form 10-K. Information required by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) is incorporated by reference to portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which is to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Except as expressly incorporated by reference, the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be a part of this report on Form 10‑K. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Table of Contents SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. FORM 10-K INDEX Item 1. 1A. 1B. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 7A. 8. 9. 9A. 9B. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures PART I PART II Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information PART III Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions Principal Accounting Fees and Services PART IV 15. 16. Signatures Exhibits Form 10-K Summary Page No. 4 11 42 42 42 42 43 46 47 59 60 110 110 112 112 112 112 112 113 113 116 117 Table of Contents FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS PART I The words “Synchronoss,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” and the “Company,” refer to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 that are not historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including statements regarding Synchronoss’ “expectations,” “beliefs,” “hopes,” “intentions,” “anticipates,” “seeks,” “strategies,” “plans,” “targets,” “estimations,” “outlook” or the like. Such statements are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. Past performance is not necessarily indicative of future results. Synchronoss cautions investors that there can be no assurance that actual results or business conditions will not differ materially from those projected or suggested in such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. We encourage you to read Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K. We also encourage you to read Item 1A of Part I of this Form 10-K, entitled Risk Factors, which contains a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties associated with our business. In addition to the risks described in Item 1A of this Form 10-K, other unknown or unpredictable factors also could affect our results. Therefore, the information in this Form 10-K should be read together with other reports and documents that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time, including on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K, which may supplement, modify, supersede or update those risk factors. Synchronoss expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in Synchronoss’ expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any such statements are based. This Form 10-K includes industry and market data that we obtained from periodic industry publications, third-party studies and surveys, filings of public companies in our industry and internal company surveys. These sources include government and industry sources. Industry publications and surveys generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe the industry and market data incorporated into this Form 10-K to be reliable, this information could prove to be inaccurate. Industry and market data could be wrong because of the method by which sources obtained their data and because information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. In addition, we do not know all of the assumptions regarding general economic conditions or growth that were used in preparing the forecasts from the sources relied upon or cited herein. ITEM 1. BUSINESS Overview Synchronoss is a leading provider of white label cloud, messaging, digital and network management solutions that enable our customers to keep subscribers, systems, networks and content in sync. We help our customers to connect, engage and monetize subscribers in more meaningful ways by providing trusted platforms through which end users can sync and store content and connect with one another and the brands they love. Our mission is to help our customers create new revenue streams, reduce the cost of innovation, and captivate their subscribers. Our core product sets allow our customers to create a positive experience throughout their subscribers’ lifecycle by engaging, onboarding and managing the network to ensure reliable service. • ENGAGE: ◦ ◦ Advanced Messaging: multi-channel messaging, peer-to-peer (“P2P”) communications and application-to-person (“A2P”) commerce Personal Cloud: Backup, manage and engage with content. solutions. Email Suite: White label consumer email solutions. ◦ 4 Table of Contents Backup and Restore: Backup, view and restore subscriber content across operating systems and devices. • ONBOARD: ◦ ◦ Out of Box Experience: Streamline the activation of new services and devices. ◦ ◦ Digital Experience Platform: Customer journey and workflow design, development, orchestration and experience management. Content Transfer: Effortlessly move content between mobile devices. • NETWORK: ◦ Total Network Management (“TNM”): integrated application suite that designs, procures, manages and optimizes telecom network infrastructure. Who We Serve At Synchronoss we focus on delivering carrier-grade solutions to three markets globally: communications service providers/ multi-service operators (such as cable and mobile network operators), mobile insurance providers and retailers. We help our customers accelerate and monetize value-add services to drive growth, facilitate retention and enable differentiated experiences. Communications service providers, multi-service operators and mobile insurance providers market white-label implementations of our Synchronoss Personal Cloud, Advanced Messaging and email products and solutions to their subscribers around the world. Our customers market and re-sell the services powered by our technology to their subscribers as part of stand-alone subscriptions, value-added bundles, or use Personal Cloud to enhance their service offerings to subscribers who purchase and lease mobile devices and network connectivity by providing an easy solution for storing and syncing user generated content (e.g., videos, photos, documents, contacts, music etc.). Additionally, they license Synchronoss Advanced Messaging and Email to enable white label multichannel messaging services including advanced person-to-person (“P2P”) and application-to-person (“A2P”) transactions and to offer brand/advertiser ecosystems. Communications service providers and multi-service operators use our Onboard and Network solutions to enhance their subscriber journeys and onboarding and to streamline their internal processes. Our customers include global service providers such as AT&T, BT, Verizon, Vodafone, Softbank and multi-service operators like Comcast, Altice, Charter and Mediacom. These customers utilize our solutions to service both consumer and enterprise customers. How We Go to Market We market our solutions and services directly through our sales organizations in the Americas, Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and Asia- Pacific (“APAC”). Sales We sell our solutions, products, and services through a direct sales force, with strategic partners and in collaboration with our customers to resell services to their end customers and subscribers. Our sales professionals are well versed in our platforms, products and services with an understanding of market trends, demands and conditions that our current and potential customers are facing. Marketing The Synchronoss marketing team’s mission is to deliver the right strategy, tools, and customer acquisition initiatives to accelerate our growth. The team uses a combination of product specific and company-wide marketing messages and initiatives that leverage digital marketing campaigns, sales support materials, social media, and PR to generate top of the funnel business-to-business (“B2B”) sales leads for the sales team. As a result, they play a vital role in promoting our products, discovering new markets, and driving brand awareness in the North America, EMEA, and APAC regions. The Marketing team also supports our customers’ direct-to-consumer (D2C) marketing efforts for all global cloud deployments. In partnership with our customers, our go-to-market and awareness campaigns consist of a digitally-led omnichannel approach at critical moments in the subscriber’s purchase lifecycle; including online checkout, retail transactions, customer care interactions, out-of-box setup experiences, and in-app notifications for devices that have our cloud app preloaded. 5 Table of Contents What We Deliver - Our Platforms The Synchronoss Experience (syncX) is a collection of products that help our customers create a positive brand experience throughout the subscriber lifecycle. SyncX keeps people, systems, networks, and content in sync to enable a better, more engaging experience. EngageX products keep subscribers engaged with brands, content and people they love. When loyalty and revenue is won and lost through every experience, it is critical to offer value added services subscribers love. Our Cloud and Messaging experiences grow, inspire, and build loyalty with our customers’ subscriber base. Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ Platform The Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ solution is designed to create an engaging and trusted customer experience through ongoing content management and engagement. The Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform is a secure and highly scalable, white label platform that allows our customers’ subscribers to backup and protect, engage with, and manage their personal content and gives our operator customers the ability to increase average revenue per user (“ARPU”) and reduce churn. Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform is specifically designed to support smartphones, tablets, desktops computers, laptops, wearables for health and wellness, cameras, TVs, security cameras, routers, as well as connected automobiles and homes. Messaging Platform Synchronoss’ Messaging Platform powers mobile messaging and mailboxes for hundreds of millions of telecommunication subscribers. Our Advanced Messaging platform is a powerful, secure, intelligent, white-label messaging platform that expands capabilities for communications service provider and multi-service providers to offer P2P messaging via Rich Communications Services (“RCS”). Our Mobile Messaging Platform (“MMP”) is poised to provide a single standard ecosystem for onboarding and management to brands, advertisers and message wholesalers. • • Advanced Messaging: Our Advanced Messaging platform supports rich messaging channel in both RCS and other Real-Time Communication (“RTC”) and enables rich, P2P communications and creates new commerce and revenue opportunities across channels via A2P experiences for our customers and other brands. Our messaging platform operates in tandem with Messaging-as-a-Platform (“MaaP”) Messaging Marketplace as well as dedicated, third-party clients and native original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) clients, providing an end-to-end messaging platform and monetization tools to the operators, Communications Platform as a Service (“CpaaS”) players and brands. E-Mail: Our Email suite provides service providers with a secure, white-label, back-end framework for a branded email service that provides the opportunity to introduce and promote services that can be monetized. Our carrier branded Email Suite solution offers leading anti-virus and anti- spam and malware technology to keep the integrity and security of the customer experience and protection of subscriber data to carrier standards. Our Email solution is an important repository for critical communications with an intuitive and feature-rich mobile and desktop email experience ensuring stickiness and increasing customer lifetime value. OnboardX products simplify subscriber onboarding and drive service adoption at scale. The first impression of a new product or service can either make or break your subscriber relationship. A poor onboarding experience leads to revenue losses and customers feeling stranded. Our customizable service activation, content backup, and device setup experiences make onboarding frictionless. • Mobile Content Transfer: Our Synchronoss Mobile Content Transfer™ solution is an easy-to-use product whose client enables a secure, peer-to- peer, wireless transfer of content from one mobile smart device to another in a carrier retail location or at home/work, etc. Our solution can transfer select data classes that may include photos, videos, music, messages, documents, contacts, and call logs, across operating systems including iOS and Android. 6 Table of Contents • Backup & Transfer: Our Synchronoss Backup & Transfer™ solution is a variation of Synchronoss Mobile Content Transfer™ that offers the same peer-to-peer transfer of select data classes across smart mobile devices and major operating systems and also offers the ability to send supported data classes that may include photos, videos, music, messages, documents, contacts and call logs up to the cloud for temporary storage and then restore the content back into the new device or to a new device with the same client. • Out of Box Experience: Our Synchronoss Out of Box Experience solution is a device setup solution that assists customers in setting up the features of their new device, including Wi-Fi, email, social network accounts and voicemail, as well as prompting restoration of content and enrollment in a cloud service. It also offers the ability to highlight programs and revenue generating initiatives during the setup process, such as loyalty programs, third-party partnerships and value-added services. • Digital Experience Platform (DXP) The Synchronoss DXP is a suite of technology, tools and solutions that includes digital experience creation and management, automated provisioning, artificial intelligence and financial analytics that service a broad swatch of our target markets. By equipping our customers with a toolkit of capabilities, they can design, deploy and manage end user customer journeys and workflows easily and quickly from one central platform that also integrates across front end customer engagement channels as well as enterprise business systems (e.g. CRM, POS) allowing non-citizen developers to configure rather than code experiences. The platform sits between customer-facing touch points and a customer’s existing back-office systems to orchestrate data, workflows and processes into digital customer journeys that interface with end user channels creating user experiences that can be centrally managed and coordinated with less resources than is typical in a traditional IT environment. Our Digital Activation Module is powered by DXP and allows Operators and indirect mobility resellers to activate mobility plans with carriers without large, dedicated teams and affords flexibility at a fraction of the cost and time to go to market. NetworkX products streamline networks to be more efficient and profitable. In a world where subscribers expect seamless connectivity and zero network interruptions, delivering superior network quality can be complex and costly. Our physical network asset management, off-network procurement, and expense control solutions reduce the complexity and cost of network management. Total Network Management The Synchronoss Total Network Management products provide operators with the tools and software to design their physical network, streamline their infrastructure purchases, and manage and optimize comprehensive network expense for leading top tier carriers around the globe. • • • spatialSUITE: Our spatialSUITE provides enterprise-wide access to timely, accurate, and comprehensive network information – including physical location, specifications, attributes, connectivity and capacity – for every inside-plant and outside-plant asset. It delivers data across the enterprise to support provisioning, planning and design, construction, fault and event management, work order management, customer service, marketing and other critical business functions. The automation and ease of integration of our platform is designed to enable our customers to lower the cost of new subscriber acquisitions and enhance the accuracy and reliability of customer transactions. Interconnect NOW (iNOW): Our iNOW provisioning system eliminates manual handling of service orders and manages the full order lifecycle between customer and supplier via automation and rules-based validation. iNOW includes an interface that powers bulk provisioning needs and an open API to seamlessly integrate to other carrier systems. iNOW also provides an electronically bonded gateway platform enabling rapid electronic order confirmations and status updates between bonded carriers. Finally, completed order information flows to Financial Analytics providing integrated and automated order to billing reconciliation functionality. Financial Analytics: Our Financial Analytics Platform is a comprehensive application suite that helps operators reduce costs, mitigate risks, enforce financial compliance and controls, and increase operational efficiencies. Financial Analytics ingests any supplier invoice (in any format) through a unique software-driven process – with 100% of the detail. Invoices are managed via automated audit and payment workflow tightly coupled with a software driven dispute management lifecycle, providing a true procurement-to-payment process on network expenses and disputes across a carrier’s organization. 7 Table of Contents What We Deliver - Our Services Synchronoss offers professional services including consulting, installation and deployment, configuration, customization, systems integration and support to ensure our customers’ successful deployment and utilization of our products and solutions. Product Development At Synchronoss we have focused our product development efforts on expanding the functionality, scalability and security of our products and solutions. We expect our research and development investments to increase as we intend to continue on an aggressive path to develop new features and functionality, upgrade and extend our product offerings and develop new technology. Intellectual Property We rely principally on a combination of trademark, copyright and patent laws in the United States and other jurisdictions in which we do business, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions, which protect our proprietary information, technologies and strategies. We also cultivate a culture which encourages creativity and innovation amongst our employees by maintaining a patent award program, hosting events such as an annual Innovation Jam and periodic “hackathons.” We believe this facilitates the development of new features and functionality and products, which are essential to establishing our solutions as the leading solutions in the industry. We enter into proprietary information and invention agreements with all of our employees and consultants during the onboarding process and non-disclosure agreements with all third parties. In the United States, as of December 31, 2021 we had 90 patents issued and 11 patents pending. Internationally, as of December 31, 2021 we had 80 patents issued and 4 pending. We hold and/or are pursuing patents in the United States, Germany, the United Kingdom, France and Spain and we may seek additional jurisdictions to the extent we determine such coverage is appropriate and cost efficient. Our issued patents cover all aspects of our business including cloud, activation, messaging, DXP, ecommerce, and security. Demand Drivers for Our Business In 2022 and beyond, the potential for 5G will require service providers to foster innovation and collaboration to extend the 5G benefits to the consumer. Service providers have an opportunity to capture a sizable share of consumer revenues transactions that will occur over 5G networks. According to Ericsson, 5G technology underpins nearly $31 trillion in cumulative consumer revenues flowing to the Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) industry by 2030. Ericsson also forecasts that there will be 1.9 billion 5G cellular subscriptions by 2024, and with the expansion of networks and connectivity, consumer value-added services (VAS) and network and expense management solutions will gain even further traction. During the 3G/4G era, the primary use cases were quickly established, and service providers left the door open for over-the-top (OTT) providers to capture a large share of the consumer spend. Today, 5G use cases are still being explored and trialed. It’s critical for service providers to play a more assertive role in the digital services value chain through innovation and strategic partnerships. According to Market Research Future, Mobile Value-Added-Services are set to hit $309.1 billion by 2025. The transition to 5G provides an opportunity to strengthen their position in the consumer market and function as a service enabler by bundling VAS into premium offers. Service providers should also become service creators by developing new, immersive products under their own brand. In either case (branded and partner services) powering digital bundles and simplifying onboarding, consumption, billing, and authentication of VAS will drive higher adoption of premium 5G service plans and ARPU. 5G will also usher in many more connected device types. In fact, according to the “Deloitte 2021 Connectivity and Mobile Trends Survey”, the average US household has 25 connected devices across 14 categories, up from 11 categories when last measured in 2019. In addition, the number of connected devices globally is estimated to reach 38.6 billion in 2025, up from 22 billion in 2018. More devices will lead to more vulnerabilities around privacy, data, and hardware protection. Consumers have made it clear; they want to understand and feel confident about how their data is being used. Service providers have proven themselves true stewards of consumer data protection and privacy, and therefore differentiated as the market continues to develop. As the provider of both the mobile network and fixed wireless connectivity, service providers are uniquely positioned to become the trusted end-to-end solution of total protection services for subscribers both at home and on the go. The consumer 8 Table of Contents demand around personal cloud data protection, hardware insurance, home and network security will allow service providers to capitalize on their trusted relationship with consumers. We believe our white label Personal Cloud platform will help service providers accelerate the adoption of 5G service and total protection plans. The next generation Personal Cloud will give operators a new way to create, deliver, engage, and monetize more personalized experiences and offers for their subscribers. When operators have millions of active users leveraging cloud, it becomes a channel for cross selling security services, insurance, merchandise like prints & gifts, and other carrier services, leading to a significant increase in ARPU. As a result, we’re fostering new partnerships, building exciting new capabilities, and now enabling subscribers to protect the home. Giving subscribers the ability protect hardware investments with insurance plans, their family from cyber threats with network-based security services, and their personal content with cloud will differentiate the value proposition of 5G service plans and deliver significant brand value for our customers. Competition Competition across our markets is incredibly diverse, dynamic and nuanced in an increasingly interconnected landscape of rapidly changing technologies, evolving industry standards, new product introductions and converging spaces and services. We face the following categories of competitors: Personal Cloud • OTT Service & Platform Providers - Apple, Google, Dropbox, Box, Microsoft and Amazon all provide personal cloud services closely integrated to their respective technology or service platforms; however, Synchronoss differentiates from these OTT Service and Platform Providers by offering operator-grade white label solutions. • White Label Platform Providers - The field of platform-independent, white label personal cloud providers has consolidated in recent years with Funambol and others competing for Operator distribution deals. However, these providers target second and third tier regional operators with low- risk, revenue share business models and do not generally pose a real threat to Tier 1 world-wide Operators. Messaging • The emerging RCS marketplace is intensely competitive across the globe. Leading OTT device and OS platform providers led by Google and Samsung, along with prominent online platform providers such as Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram, WeChat and LINE have created a radically new market for communication and monetization that is turning “messaging” into a new, virtual OS. Digital Products • • • • System Integrators – ◦ Accenture and Amdocs engage telecommunication customers in long term contracts for services focused on digital transformation. These two organizations have large consulting teams and various digital products focused on the Communication Service Provider (CSP) vertical, and each of these products typically has a service integration contract attached. Customer Relationship Management (CRM) and Business Process Management (BPM) Providers – ◦ ◦ Salesforce / Vlocity have created a CRM platform and marketplace that offers digital workflow management add-ons, both direct and via 3 party apps. Pega Systems is built on a work-flow management engine, and they surround their core product with customer experience apps and capabilities, albeit in a more closed ecosystem. rd Telecom Expense Management (TEM) Providers – ◦ TEOCO and Tangoe are two major providers that offer wholesale and retail TEM software and services. Each of these vendors have large customers/contracts to better account, reconcile and pay out on vendor contracts, network circuits, roaming agreements and other complex expense areas. Telecom Service Order Management Providers – ◦ Neustar supports major providers with software that handles the full order lifecycle of telecommunications service orders. ◦ Order management applications and processes developed/utilized by Operators also present competition. • Geospatial Network Planning Providers – ◦ Major providers of software that manage the planning and design of physical communication networks include Bentley, GE Smallworld, and 3-GIS. To compete against global platform providers, we offer a collection of products that help keep subscribers, systems, networks, and content in sync to enable a better, more engaging experience. Our white label products enable subscribers to connect with one another, the networks they rely on, the brands they love and the services they need. We believe we compete 9 Table of Contents favorably through our differentiated product capabilities, vast reach across global markets, and our 20+ years of experience building carrier grade solutions that are proven to scale. Compliance and Certifications We obtain third-party reviews of our controls relating to security. Our Synchronoss white label Personal Cloud™ has been certified to be compliant with the Service Organization Controls (SOC) 2 type II audit that tests the design and operating effectiveness of controls over time. An independent auditor tests these controls annually and addresses, among other areas, the environmental and physical safeguards for production data centers, legal controls, change management and logical security. In addition, our Financial Analytics hosted solution is certified to be compliant with a SOC 1 type II audit that tests the design and effectiveness of controls related to our customers’ use of this service in financial reporting. Additionally, we complete an independent assessment ensuring compliance with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (PCI-DSS) for our DXP and activation products. The PCI-DSS standards focus on application and network security relating to the storage of credit card data on behalf of our customers. Finally, our operations in Bangalore are certified under ISO27000, ensuring best practices for information security management, and ISO9000, ensuring quality management. Human Capital At Synchronoss, we believe that our growth and success are attributable in large part to our diverse employee base and an experienced management team, with a mission to make Synchronoss a great place to work. We continue to invest in our employees, as well as developing and promoting our team-oriented culture, and believe that these efforts provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage. As of December 31, 2021 we had 1,536 full-time employees located in India, North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific regions. None of our employees are covered by any collective bargaining agreements. We have a purpose-driven culture, with a focus on employee input and well-being, which we believe enables us to attract and retain exceptional talent. We have moved to a flexible work policy, providing the majority of our employees the flexibility to work remotely from off-site locations at their election. We offer learning and development programs for all employees. Employees are able to actively voice their questions and thoughts through many internal channels, including our company town hall meetings and employee engagement surveys. With a continued focus on employee engagement, we formed a global Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DE&I) committee, laying the groundwork to embed DE&I as part of our corporate culture and pave the way for a more comprehensive program. We took initial steps in this space through formal trainings, employee communications, and updating our technology terminology to ensure that the language we use is inclusive, aligned with industry best practices, and compatible with our DE&I philosophy. More recently, we launched a series of employee initiatives, SyncSmiles, SyncCheers, and Coffee Talks, designed to strengthen employee morale, with more to come in this area. From a total rewards perspective, Synchronoss offers a competitive compensation and benefits package, which we review and update each year. Our annual compensation planning coincides with our feedback cycle where employees and managers have performance conversations to facilitate learning and career development. As part of our compensation review program, we conduct pay equity analyses annually. Corporate Information We were incorporated in Delaware in 2000. Our principal offices are located at 200 Crossing Boulevard Bridgewater NJ. We completed our initial public offering in 2006, and our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SNCR” and our Senior Notes as listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SNCRL.” Available Information Our website is located at www.synchronoss.com and our investor relations website is located at www.synchronosstechnologiesinc.gcs-web.com. We have used, and intend to continue to use, our investor relations website as a means of disclosing material non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. The following filings are available through our investor relations website after we file them with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"): Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and our Proxy Statement for our annual meeting of stockholders. These filings are also available for download free of charge on our 10 Table of Contents investor relations website. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this filing. Further, the Company’s references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only. Synchronoss and Synchronoss Personal Cloud and other trademarks of Synchronoss appearing in this Form 10-K are the property of Synchronoss. Other trademarks or service marks that may appear in this Annual Report are the property of their respective holders. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Annual Report are referred to without the ®, ™ and SM symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. The following are certain risk factors that could affect our business, financial results and results of operations. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K because these factors could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements. The risks that we have highlighted here are not the only ones that we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operation could be negatively affected. In that case, the trading price of our stock could decline, and our stockholders may lose part or all of their investment. Risk Factors Summary Our business operations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those outside of our control, that could cause our actual results to be harmed, including risks regarding the following: Operation Risks • Our business may not generate sufficient cash flows from operations or future borrowings may not be available in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund liquidity needs or capital expenditures. • Our revenue, earnings and profitability are affected by the length of our sales cycle, and a longer sales cycle could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Fluctuations in our operating results due to certain factors make our future results difficult to predict. If we do not meet our revenue forecasts, we may be unable to avoid harm to our results of operations. Political or economic changes or other factors in a specific country or region could harm our operating results and financial condition. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could result in foreign currency transaction losses. The terms of existing and any new debt could restrict our ability to operate our business. • • • A limited number of customers account for a substantial portion of our revenues. • We are exposed to our customers’ credit risk. • • • • We make investments in new products and services that may not be profitable. • We must recruit and retain our key personnel and our failure to recruit and retain qualified employees. • We are subject to complex revenue recognition standards. • Our performance and growth depend on our ability to generate customer referrals and develop customer relationships. • Many of our products are complex and may contain defects that are detected only after deployment. • Failure to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our systems, software and solutions could seriously damage our reputation and affect our ability to retain customers and attract new business. Consolidation in the industries that we serve can reduce the number of actual and potential customers. Failures or interruptions of our systems and services could materially harm our revenues, impair our ability to conduct our operations and damage relationships with our customers. Failure to meet our service level obligations or otherwise fail to offer quality support and services would subject us to penalties and we could lose customers. • • • • Our reliance on third-party providers exposes us to a variety of risks we cannot control. • We may seek to acquire or make investments in companies or technologies which could disrupt our management, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt, and adversely affect our business. Economic, political, market conditions and catastrophic events can adversely affect our business. • • Our insurance policies, including general liability, errors and omissions and cyber insurance, may not totally protect us. 11 Table of Contents Risks Related to our Business and Industry • • • The financial and operating difficulties in the telecommunications sector, including those related to the COVID-19 pandemic, may negatively affect our customers and our business. If we do not continue to improve our operational, financial and other internal controls and systems to manage our growth, our business could be adversely affected. The success of our business depends on the continued growth in demand for connected devices and the continued availability of high-speed access to the Internet. The SaaS pricing model is evolving and our failure to manage its evolution and demand could lead to lower than expected revenue and profit. • • Our business depends on businesses adopting our products and existing customers renewing and expanding their subscriptions for our services and • any decline in these would harm our operating results. If we fail to (i) compete successfully with existing or new competitors, (ii) adapt to rapid technological change or achieve or (iii) sustain market acceptance of our services and solutions at desired pricing levels, we could lose customers or market share, which could adversely affect our ability to sustain or grow revenue. • We rely on strategic relationships with third parties to sell and deliver our solutions and the compatibility of our services with third party applications that our customers use. Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks • Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce and exchange of certain information is subject to possible unfavorable changes. • Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policy applicable to our customers or potential customers may decrease the demand for our solutions or increase our costs. • Our expansion into new markets may be subject to uncertainties that could increase our costs to comply with foreign regulatory requirements, disrupt • our operations and require increased focus from our management. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights and defend claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology. • We collect, process, store and use personal information and other data, and our failure to protect this information and data could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results. Compliance with changing data protection and privacy laws could require us to incur significant costs or experience significant business disruption. • • Claims by other parties that we infringe their technology could harm our business. • Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to sell our services. • As a result of being a public company, we continue to incur significant costs and devote management time to compliance initiatives. • Changes in tax regulations could adversely affect our effective tax rates and if we are required to collect sales taxes on the services we sell in additional jurisdictions, we may be subject to liability for past sales. Changes in accounting principles, or interpretations thereof, could have a significant impact on our financial position and results of operations. • Risks Related to our Series B Preferred Stock, Senior Notes and Common Stock • Our stock price may continue to experience significant fluctuations and could subject us to litigation. • Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, therefore depressing the trading price of our common stock. • We are subject to investigations relating to certain transactions in 2015 and 2016 that resulted in the restatement of our financial statements in 2018, and the Securities and Exchange Commission staff has preliminarily determined to recommend the initiation of an enforcement action against us in connection with that matter. • Downgrades in our credit ratings may increase our future borrowing costs, limit our ability to raise capital, cause our stock price to decline or reduce analyst coverage, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business. • Our current or future debt securities or preferred equity securities, which would be senior to our common stock, may adversely affect the market • price of our common stock. B. Riley Financial, Inc. and its affiliates (“BRF”) have significant influence over us and may have conflicts of interest that arise out of future contractual relationships it or its affiliates may have with us. • An active trading market for the Senior Notes may not develop, which could limit the market price of the Senior Notes or your ability to sell them. 12 Table of Contents Operation Risks Our business may not generate sufficient cash flows from operations, or future borrowings which may not be available to us, in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs and capital expenditure requirements necessary to expand our operations and invest in new products which could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient revenue or obtain enough capital to fund our planned capital expenditures, service our debt and execute on our business strategy. We may be more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions than our leveraged competitors and thus less able to withstand competitive pressures. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new products and enhancements to our platforms or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional capital, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests, and the per share value of our common stock could decline. In addition, the terms of any future issued equity securities could entitle the holders of those equity securities to rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Furthermore, if we engage in additional debt financings, the holders of debt might have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, including restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, including restricting our ability to pay dividends or make certain other restricted payment, sell assets, make certain investments and grant liens, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities. We may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, including limitations to our total leverage ratio, any of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things, (i) develop or enhance our products and platforms, (ii) acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses, (iii) expand operations in the United States or internationally or (iv) respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited which may also require us to delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of our activities which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our revenue, earnings and profitability are affected by the length of our sales cycle, and a longer sales cycle could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our business is directly affected by the length of our sales cycles. Our customers’ businesses are relatively complex and their purchase of the types of services that we offer generally involve a significant financial commitment, with attendant delays, frequently associated with large financial commitments and procurement procedures within an organization. In addition, as we continue to further penetrate the enterprise, and the size and complexity of our sales opportunities continue to expand, we have seen an increase in the average length of time in our sales cycles. The purchase of the types of services that we offer typically requires coordination and agreement across many departments within a potential customer’s organization. Delays associated with such timing factors could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In periods of economic slowdown our typical sales cycle lengthens, which means that the average time between our initial contact with a prospective customer and the signing of a sales contract increases. The lengthening of our sales cycle could reduce growth in our revenue. In addition, the lengthening of our sales cycle contributes to an increased cost of sales, thereby reducing our profitability. We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors which make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance. As a result of a variety of factors discussed in this report, many of which are out of our control, our revenue for a particular quarter is difficult to predict, especially in light of a challenging and inconsistent global macroeconomic environment and related market uncertainty. Our revenue may grow at a slower rate than in past periods or decline, as it has in the past, on a year-over-year basis. Our ability to meet financial expectations could also be adversely affected if the nonlinear sales pattern seen in some of our past quarters recurs in future periods. The timing of large orders can also have a significant effect on our business and operating results from quarter to quarter. From time to time, we receive large orders that have a significant effect on our operating results in the period in which the order is recognized as revenue. The timing of such orders is difficult to predict, and the timing of revenue recognition from such orders may affect period to period changes in revenue. As a result, our 13 Table of Contents operating results could vary materially from quarter to quarter based on the receipt of such orders and their ultimate recognition as revenue. We plan our operating expense levels based primarily on forecasted revenue levels. These expenses and the impact of long-term commitments are relatively fixed in the short term. A shortfall in revenue could lead to operating results being below expectations because we may not be able to quickly reduce these fixed expenses in response to short-term business changes. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Our past results should not be relied on as an indication of our future performance. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, non-GAAP metrics we may disclose, such as EBITDA, and any corresponding trends in such metrics should not be relied on as an indication that our GAAP results, such as income (loss), will be similar or will follow the same trends. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts or below any guidance we may provide to the market, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Any of the above factors could have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial results. If we do not meet our revenue forecasts, we may be unable to reduce our expenses in a timely fashion to avoid or minimize harm to our results of operations. Our revenues are difficult to forecast and are likely to fluctuate significantly from period to period, particularly as we continue to implement our business strategy. We base our operating expense and capital investment budgets on expected sales and revenue trends, and many of our expenses, such as office and equipment leases and personnel costs, will be relatively fixed in the short term and will increase over time as we make investments in our business. Our estimates of sales trends may not correlate with actual revenues in a particular quarter or over a longer period of time. Variations in the rate and timing of conversion of our sales prospects into sales and actual revenues could cause us to plan or budget inaccurately and those variations could adversely affect our financial results. In particular, delays, reductions in amount or cancellation of customers’ contracts would adversely affect the overall level and timing of our revenues, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. Due to the relatively fixed nature of many of our expenses, we may be unable to adjust spending quickly enough to offset any unexpected revenue shortfall. In the course of our sales to customers, we may encounter difficulty collecting accounts receivable and could be exposed to risks associated with uncollectible accounts receivable. In the event we are unable to collect on our accounts receivable, it could negatively affect our cash flows, operating results and business. We traditionally have had substantial customer concentration, with a limited number of customers accounting for a substantial portion of our revenues. The Company’s top five customers accounted for 68.2%, 68.0% and 69.2% of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Of these customers, Verizon accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2021, 2020, and 2019. There are inherent risks whenever a large percentage of total revenues are concentrated with a limited number of customers. It is not possible for us to predict the future level of demand for our services that will be generated by these customers or the future demand for the products and services of these customers in the end-user marketplace. In addition, revenues from these larger customers may fluctuate from time to time based on the commencement and completion of projects, the timing of which may be affected by market conditions or other factors, some of which may be outside of our control. Further, some of our contracts with these larger customers permit them to terminate our services at any time (subject to notice and certain other provisions). If any of our major customers experience declining or delayed sales due to market, economic or competitive conditions, we could be pressured to reduce the prices we charge for our services or we could lose the customer. Any such development could have an adverse effect on our margins and financial position and would negatively affect our revenues and results of operations and/or trading price of our common stock. We are exposed to our customers’ credit risk. We are subject to the credit risk of our customers, and customers with liquidity issues may lead to credit losses for us. Most of our sales are on an open credit basis, with typical payment terms between 45 and 60 days in the United States and, because of local customs or conditions, longer payment terms in some markets outside the United States. We use various methods to screen potential customers and establish appropriate credit limits, but these methods cannot eliminate all potential bad credit risks and may not prevent us from approving applications that are fraudulently completed. Moreover, businesses that are good credit risks at the time of application may become bad credit risks over time and we may fail to detect this change. We maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts. If we fail to adequately assess and monitor our credit risks, we could experience longer payment cycles, increased collection costs and higher bad debt expense. A decrease in accounts receivable resulting from an increase in bad debt expense could adversely affect our liquidity. Our exposure to credit 14 Table of Contents risks may increase if our customers are adversely affected by a difficult macroeconomic environment, or if there is a continuation or worsening of the economic environment. Although we have programs in place that are designed to monitor and mitigate the associated risk, including monitoring of particular risks in certain geographic areas, there can be no assurance, especially during the COVID-19 pandemic, that these programs will be effective in reducing our credit risks or preventing us from incurring additional losses. Future losses, if incurred, could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on our business operating results and financial condition. Additionally, to the degree that the current or future credit markets make it more difficult for some customers to obtain financing, those customers’ ability to pay could be adversely impacted, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition. Due to the global nature of our operations, political or economic changes or other factors in a specific country or region could harm our operating results and financial condition. We conduct significant sales and customer support operations in countries around the world. As such, our growth depends in part on our increasing sales into emerging countries. We also depend on, and many of our customers depend on, non-U.S. operations of our contract manufacturers, component suppliers and distribution partners. Emerging countries in the aggregate experienced a decline in orders during fiscal 2021 and certain prior periods. We continue to assess the sustainability of any improvements in these countries and there can be no assurance that our investments in these countries will be successful. Our future results could be materially adversely affected by a variety of political, economic or other factors relating to our operations inside and outside the United States, including impacts from global central bank monetary policy; issues related to the political relationship between the United States and other countries that can affect the willingness of customers in those countries to purchase products from companies headquartered in the United States; business interruptions resulting from regional or larger scale conflicts or geo-political actions; the impact of the COVID-19 or other public health epidemics or concerns on our customer’s component suppliers, and the challenging and inconsistent global macroeconomic environment, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition, including, among others things: • • • • • Current or future supply chain interruptions; Foreign currency exchange rates; Political or social unrest; Economic instability or weakness or natural disasters in a specific country or region, including the current economic or health challenges in China and global economic ramifications of Chinese economic difficulties; Environmental and trade protection measures and other legal and regulatory requirements, some of which may affect our ability to import our products, to export our products from, or sell our products in various countries; Political considerations that affect service provider and government spending patterns; • • Health or similar issues and the responses thereto, such as a pandemic or epidemic, including the COVID-19 pandemic and responses taken thereto; • Natural disasters, terrorism, war or other military conflict, telecommunication and electrical failures; • Difficulties in staffing and managing international operations; or • Adverse tax consequences, including imposition of withholding or other taxes on our global operations. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could result in foreign currency transaction losses, which could harm our operating results and financial condition. We consider the U.S. dollar to be our functional currency. However, given our international operations we currently have, and expect to have in the future, revenue and expenses and related assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign currency transaction exposure results primarily from transactions with customers or vendors denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity in which we record the transaction. Any fluctuation in the exchange rate of these foreign currencies may positively or negatively affect our business and operating results. We face exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates due to the fact that we have non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue worldwide. Weakening of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar adversely affects the U.S. dollar value of our foreign currency denominated revenue and positively affects the U.S. dollar value of our foreign currency denominated expenses. If foreign currencies were to weaken or strengthen relative to the U.S. dollar, we might elect to raise or lower our international pricing, which could potentially impact demand for our services. Alternatively, we might opt not to adjust our international pricing as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which could potentially have a positive or negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Similarly, our financial performance may be impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates when it comes to our non-U.S. dollar denominated expenses. The third-party vendors and suppliers to whom we owe 15 Table of Contents payments for non-U.S. dollar denominated expenses may or may not decide to adjust their pricing to reflect fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. If there continues to be volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, we will continue to experience fluctuations in our operating results due to revaluing our assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of the entity that recorded the asset or liability, and the translation of our non-U.S. denominated revenue and expenses into U.S. dollars may affect the year-over-year comparability of our operating results. We may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could have important consequences to investors. We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indenture governing the Senior Notes does not prohibit us from doing so. If we incur any additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the Senior Notes, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization or dissolution. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid to investors. Incurrence of additional debt would also further reduce the cash available to invest in operations, as a result of increased debt service obligations. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify. Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to investors, because: • • • • • • it could affect our ability to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the Senior Notes; a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations would have to be dedicated to interest and principal payments and may not be available for operations, capital expenditures, expansion, acquisitions or general corporate or other purposes; it may impair our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing in the future; it may limit our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity; it may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business, our industry or the economy in general. Our operations may not generate sufficient cash to enable us to service our debt. If we fail to make a payment on the Senior Notes, we could be in default on the Senior Notes, and this default could cause us to be in default on other indebtedness, to the extent outstanding. Conversely, a default under any other indebtedness, if not waived, could result in acceleration of the debt outstanding under the related agreement and entitle the holders thereof to bring suit for the enforcement thereof or exercise other remedies provided thereunder. In addition, such default or acceleration may result in an event of default and acceleration of other indebtedness of the Company, entitling the holders thereof to bring suit for the enforcement thereof or exercise other remedies provided thereunder. If a judgment is obtained by any such holders, such holders could seek to collect on such judgment from the assets of the Company. If that should occur, we may not be able to pay all such debt or to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if new financing were then available, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us. However, no event of default under the Senior Notes would result from a default or acceleration of, or suit, other exercise of remedies or collection proceeding by holders of, our other outstanding debt, if any. As a result, all or substantially all of our assets may be used to satisfy claims of holders of our other outstanding debt, if any, without the holders of the Senior Notes having any rights to such assets. We make investments in new products and services that may not be profitable or align with our company vision. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth, including expenditures to develop new services or enhance our existing services, enhance our operating infrastructure, market and sell our product offerings and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. These endeavors may involve significant risks and uncertainties, including failures to align new initiatives with our established corporate vision and direction, which could lead to a misapplication of our resources. These new investments are inherently risky and may involve distracting management from current operations, create greater than expected liabilities and expenses, provide us with an inadequate return on capital, include other unidentified risks and, ultimately, may generally not be successful. Further, our ability to effectively integrate new services and investments into our business may affect our profitability. Significant delays in new releases or significant problems in creating new products or services could adversely affect our revenue and financial performance. 16 Table of Contents We must recruit and retain our key management and other key personnel and our failure to recruit and retain qualified employees could have a negative impact on our business. We believe that our success depends in part on the continued contributions of our senior management and other key personnel to generate business and execute programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and reputation that these individuals have established and maintain with our customers and within the industries in which we operate contribute to our ability to maintain good relations with our customers and others within those industries. The loss of any members of senior management or other key personnel could materially impair our ability to identify and secure new contracts and otherwise effectively manage our business. In order to attract and retain executives and other key employees in a competitive marketplace, we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash- and equity-based compensation. If we do not obtain the stockholder approval needed to continue granting equity compensation in a competitive manner, our ability to attract, retain, and motivate executives and key employees could be weakened. Further, in the technology industry, there is substantial and continuous competition for highly skilled business, product development, technical and other personnel. Competition for qualified personnel at times can be intense and as a result we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the personnel we require, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments and new product delivery objectives. If we are unable to maintain or expand our direct sales capabilities, we may not be able to generate anticipated revenues. In addition, if we are unable to maintain or expand our product development capabilities, we may not be able to meet our product development goals. Further, we rely on the expertise and experience of our senior management team. Although we have employment agreements with our executive officers, none of them or any of our other management personnel is obligated to remain employed by us. The loss of services of any key management personnel could lower productive output, interrupt our strategic vision and make it more difficult to pursue our business goals successfully. Our employee retention and hiring may be adversely impacted by immigration restrictions and related factors. Competition for skilled personnel is intense in our industry and any failure on our part to hire and retain appropriately skilled employees could harm our business. Our ability to hire and retain skilled employees is impacted, at least in part, by the fact that a portion of our professional workforce in the United States is comprised of foreign nationals who are not United States citizens. In order to be legally allowed to work for us, these individuals generally hold immigrant visas (which may or may not be tied to their employment with us) or green cards, the latter of which makes them permanent residents in the United States. The ability of these foreign nationals to remain and work in the United States is impacted by a variety of laws and regulations, as well as the processing procedures of various government agencies. Changes in applicable laws, regulations or procedures could adversely affect our ability to hire or retain these skilled employees and could affect our costs of doing business and our ability to deliver services to our customers. In addition, if the laws, rules or procedures governing the ability of foreign nationals to work in the United States were to change or if the number of visas available for foreign nationals permitted to work in the United States were to be reduced, our business could be adversely affected, if, for example, we were unable to hire or no longer able to retain a skilled worker who is a foreign national. Employing foreign nationals may require significant time and expense and our foreign national employees may choose to leave after we have made this investment. While a foreign national who is working under an immigrant visa tied to his or her employment by us may be less likely to choose to leave our Company than a similarly situated employee who is a United States national or a green card holder (as leaving our employ could mean also having to leave the United States), this may not always be the case. Additionally, many of our foreign national employees hold green cards, which means that they have greater flexibility to leave our Company without facing the risk of also having to leave the United States. We are subject to revenue recognitions standards and because we recognize revenue for certain products and services ratably over the term of customer agreements upturns or downturns in the value of signed contracts will not be fully and immediately reflected in our operating results and any changes in the standards could impact our business. We offer certain of our products and services primarily through fixed or variable commitment contracts and recognize revenue ratably over the related service period, which typically ranges from twelve to twenty-four months. As a result, some portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is revenue from contracts entered into during prior periods. Consequently, a decline in signed contracts in any quarter will not be fully and immediately reflected in revenue for that quarter but may instead negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our cost structure to offset this reduced revenue. Similarly, revenue attributable to an increase in contracts signed in a particular quarter will not be fully and immediately recognized, as revenue from new or renewed contracts is recognized ratably over the applicable service period. Because we incur certain sales costs at the time of sale, we may not recognize revenues from some customers despite incurring considerable expense related to our sales processes. Timing differences of this nature could cause our margins and profitability to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. As we introduce new services or products, revenue recognition could become 17 Table of Contents increasingly complex and require additional analysis and judgment. Additionally, for new contracts with existing customers, we may negotiate and revise previously used terms and conditions of our contracts with these customers and channel partners, which may also cause us to revise our revenue recognition policies. As our arrangements with customers change, we may be required to defer a greater portion of revenue into future periods, which could materially and adversely affect our financial results. Our performance and growth depend on our ability to generate customer referrals and to develop referenceable customer relationships that will enhance our sales and marketing efforts. A failure to accomplish these objectives could materially harm our business. In our business, we depend on end-users of our solutions to generate customer referrals for our services. We also depend on members of the communications industry, financial institutions, legal service providers and other third parties who use our services to recommend them to a larger customer base than we can reach through our direct sales and internal marketing efforts. These referrals are an important source of new customers for our services and generally are made without expectation of compensation. We intend to continue to focus our marketing efforts on these referral partners in order to expand our reach and improve the efficiency of our sales efforts. We also recognize that having respected, well known, market-leading customers who have committed to deploy our solutions within their organizations will support our marketing and sales efforts, as these customers can act as references for us and our product offerings. Our ability to establish and maintain these customer relationships is important to our future profitability. The willingness of these types of customers to provide referrals or serve as anchor or reference customers depends on a number of factors, including the performance, ease of use, reliability, reputation and cost-effectiveness of our services as compared to those offered by our competitors, as well as the internal policies of these customers. We may not be able to cultivate or maintain the relationships with customers that are necessary to develop those customer relationships into referenceable accounts. The loss of any of our significant referral sources, including our anchor customers, or a decline in the number of referrals we receive or anchor customers that we generate could require us to devote substantially more resources to the sales and marketing of our services, which would increase our costs, potentially lead to a decline in our revenue, slow our growth and generally have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the revenue we generate from our referral and anchor relationships may vary from period to period. Many of our current and planned products are highly complex and may contain defects or errors that are detected only after deployment in telecommunications networks. If that occurs, our reputation or market acceptance of our products and services may be harmed. Our products are highly complex, and we cannot assure customers that our extensive product development, production and integration testing is, or will be, adequate to detect all defects, errors, failures and quality issues that could affect customer satisfaction or result in claims against us. Our products and services may contain undetected errors or scalability limitations at any point in their lives, but particularly when first introduced or as new versions are released. As a result, we might have to replace certain components and/or provide remediation in response to the discovery of defects in products that have been supplied to customers. The occurrence of any defects, errors, failures or quality issues could result in cancellation of orders, product returns, diversion of our resources, legal actions by customers or customers’ end users and other losses to us or to our customers or end users. These occurrences could also result in the loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products, in the loss of sales, or in the need to create provisions, which would harm our business and adversely affect our revenues and profitability. Failure to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our systems, software and solutions could seriously damage our reputation and affect our ability to retain customers and attract new business. Maintaining the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our systems, software and solutions is an issue of critical importance for us and for our customers and users who rely on our systems to store and exchange large volumes of information, much of which is proprietary and confidential. There appears to be an increasing number of individuals, governments, groups and computer “hackers” developing and deploying a variety of destructive software programs (such as viruses, worms and other malicious software) that could attack our computer systems or solutions or attempt to infiltrate our systems. We make significant efforts to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our systems, solutions and source code. Despite significant efforts to create security barriers, it is virtually impossible for us to mitigate this risk entirely because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. Like all software solutions, our software is vulnerable to these types of attacks. An attack of this type could 18 Table of Contents disrupt the proper functioning of our software solutions, cause errors in the output of our customers’ work, allow unauthorized access to sensitive, proprietary or confidential information of ours or our customers and other destructive outcomes. If an actual or perceived breach of our security were to occur, our reputation could suffer, customers could stop buying our solutions and we could face lawsuits and potential liability, any of which could cause our financial performance to be negatively impacted. Though we maintain professional liability insurance that may be available to provide coverage if a cybersecurity incident were to occur, there can be no assurance that insurance coverage will be available or that available coverage will be sufficient to cover losses and claims related to any cybersecurity incidents we may experience. There is also a danger of industrial espionage, cyber-attacks, misuse or theft of information or assets (including source code), or damage to assets by people who have gained unauthorized access to our facilities, systems or information, which could lead to the disclosure of portions of our source code or other confidential information, improper usage and distribution of our solutions without compensation, illegal or inappropriate usage of our systems and solutions, jeopardizing of the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems, manipulation and destruction of data, defects in our software and downtime issues. More generally, the COVID-19 pandemic has increased attack opportunities available to criminals, as they attempt to profit from disruptions and the resulting shift in companies and individuals working remotely and online, as well as the increase in electronic payments, e- commerce, and other online activity. While the Company does not currently have operations in areas experiencing rising political conflict and uncertainty, there is an increased likelihood that escalation of tensions could result in cyber-attacks or cybersecurity incidents that could either directly or indirectly impact our operations. As such, the risk of cybersecurity incidents is increasing, and we cannot provide assurances that our preventative efforts will be successful. Although we actively employ measures to combat unlicensed copying, access and use of our facilities, systems, software and intellectual property through a variety of techniques, preventing unauthorized use or infringement of our rights is inherently difficult. The occurrence of an event of this nature could adversely affect our financial results or could result in significant claims against us for damages. Further, participating in either a lawsuit to protect against unauthorized access to, usage of or disclosure of any of our solutions or any portion of our source code or the prosecution of an individual in connection with a cybersecurity breach could be costly and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of us and our solutions. A number of core processes, such as software development, sales and marketing, customer service and financial transactions, rely on our IT, infrastructure and applications. Defects or malfunctions in our IT infrastructure and applications could cause our service offerings not to perform as our customers expect, which could harm our reputation and business. In addition, malicious software, sabotage and other cybersecurity breaches of the types described above could cause an outage of our infrastructure, which could lead to a substantial denial of service and ultimately downtimes, recovery costs and customer claims, any of which could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial position, profit and cash flows. The confidentiality, integrity and availability of our systems could also be jeopardized by a breach of our internal controls and policies by our employees, consultants or subcontractors having access to our systems. If our systems fail or are breached as a result of a third-party attack or an error, violation of internal controls or policies or a breach of contract by an employee, consultant or subcontractor that results in the unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary or confidential information or customer data (including information about the existence and nature of the projects and transactions our customers are engaged in), we could lose business, suffer irreparable damage to our reputation and incur significant costs and expenses relating to the investigation and possible litigation of claims relating to such event. We could be liable for damages, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations and costs for remediation and efforts to prevent future occurrences, any of which liabilities could be significant. There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. Furthermore, litigation, regardless of its outcome, could result in a substantial cost to us and divert management’s attention from our operations. Any significant claim against us or litigation involving us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have implemented a number of security measures designed to ensure the security of our information, IT resources and other assets. Nonetheless, unauthorized users could gain access to our systems through cyber-attacks and steal, use without authorization and sabotage our intellectual property and confidential data. Any security breach, misuse of our IT systems or theft of our or our customers’ intellectual property or data could lead to customer losses, non-renewal of customer agreements, loss of production, recovery costs or litigation brought by customers or business partners, any of which could adversely impact our cash flows and reputation and could have an adverse impact on our disclosure controls and procedures. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy our technology or to develop products or solutions with the same or similar functions, which infringe upon our rights. Pursuing these potential violations of Synchronoss’ intellectual property rights is difficult and costly. Our competition may also independently develop technology equivalent to ours and our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to prevent them from marketing and 19 Table of Contents selling those products which incorporate such technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Consolidation in the communications industry or the other industries that we serve can reduce the number of actual and potential customers and adversely affect our business. There has been, and there continues to be, merger, acquisition and consolidation activity among our customers. Mergers, acquisitions or consolidations of companies in the communications industry or other industries that we serve, have reduced and may continue to reduce the number of our customers and potential customers for our solutions, resulting in a smaller market for our services, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations. In addition, it is possible that the larger institutions that result from mergers or consolidations could themselves perform some or all of the services that we currently provide or could provide in the future. Should one or more of our significant customers acquire, consolidate or enter into an alliance with an entity or decide to either use a different service provider or to manage its transactions internally, this could have a negative material impact on our business. Any such consolidations, alliances or decisions to manage transactions internally may cause us to lose customers or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may not be able to expand our customer base to make up any revenue declines if we lose customers or if our transaction volumes decline. Failures or interruptions of our systems and services could materially harm our revenues, impair our ability to conduct our operations and damage relationships with our customers. Our success depends on our ability to provide reliable services to our customers and process a high volume of transactions in a timely and effective manner. Although we operate disaster recovery solutions and maintain backup systems, our network operations are susceptible to damage or interruption from human error, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, war or other military conflict, including escalation of ongoing political conflicts and similar events. A catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our data centers or our critical business or information technology systems could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and, as a result, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. We could also experience failures or interruptions of our systems and services, or other problems in connection with our operations, as a result of, among other things: • • • • • • • damage to, or failure of, our computer software or hardware or our connections and outsourced service arrangements with third parties; errors in the processing of data by our systems; computer viruses or software defects; physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events; fire, cybersecurity attack, terrorist attack or other catastrophic event; increased capacity demands or changes in systems requirements of our customers; or errors by our employees or third-party service providers. We rely on various systems and applications to support our internal operations, including our billing, financial reporting and customer contracting functions. The availability of these systems and applications is essential to us and delays, disruptions or performance problems may adversely impact our ability to accurately bill our customers, report financial information and conduct our business, or cause us to suffer reputational harm, delays in product development, lack of products provided to our customers, breaches of data security and loss of critical data. Any failure or interruption of our systems and services could also prevent us from fulfilling customer orders or maintaining certain service level requirements, particularly in respect of our software as a service (“SaaS”) and hosted offerings. Additionally, we may choose to replace or implement changes to these systems, including substituting traditional systems with cloud-based solutions, which could be time-consuming and expensive, and which could result in delays in the ongoing operational processes these software solutions support. Further, our cloud-based solutions may experience disruptions and outages that are beyond our control as we rely on third-party vendors to support these solutions and assure their continued availability. We have also acquired a number of companies, products, services and technologies over the last several years. While we make significant efforts to address any IT security issues with respect to our acquisitions, we may still inherit certain risks when we integrate these acquisitions. In addition, our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us 20 Table of Contents for losses or liabilities that may occur. Any interruptions in our systems or services could damage our reputation and substantially harm our business and results of operations. The quality of our support and services offerings is important to our customers and if we fail to meet our service level obligations under our service level agreements or otherwise fail to offer quality support and services, we would be subject to penalties and could lose customers. Our customers generally depend on our service organization to resolve issues relating to the use of our solutions. A high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our solutions. If we are unable to provide a level of support and service to meet or exceed the expectations of our customers, we could experience (i) loss of customers and market share; (ii) difficulty attracting or the inability to attract new customers, including in new geographic regions; and (iii) increased service and support costs and a diversion of resources. Any of the above results would likely have a material adverse impact on our business, revenue, results of operations, financial condition and reputation. In addition, we have service level agreements with many of our customers under which we guarantee specified levels of service availability. These arrangements involve the risk that we may not have adequately estimated the level of service we will in fact be able to provide. The importance of high- quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new enterprise customers. If we fail to meet our service level obligations under these agreements, we would be subject to penalties, which could result in higher than expected costs, decreased revenues and decreased operating margins. We could also lose customers. Our reliance on third-party providers for communications software, services, hardware and infrastructure exposes us to a variety of risks we cannot control. Our success depends on software, equipment, network connectivity and infrastructure hosting services supplied by, or leased from, our vendors and customers. In addition, we rely on third-party vendors to perform a substantial portion of our exception handling services. We may not be able to continue to purchase the necessary software, equipment and services from vendors on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain current purchasing terms or ensure service availability with these vendors and customers, we may lose customers and experience an increase in costs in seeking alternative supplier services. Further, any changes in our third-party vendors could detract from management’s ability to focus on the ongoing operations of our business or could cause delays in the operations of our business. Our business also depends upon the capacity, reliability and security of the infrastructure owned and managed by third parties, including our vendors and customers that are used by our technology interoperability services, network services, number portability services, call processed services and enterprise solutions. We have no control over the operation, quality or maintenance of a significant portion of that infrastructure and whether those third parties will upgrade or improve their software, equipment and services to meet our and our customers’ evolving requirements. We depend on these companies to maintain the operational integrity of our services. If one or more of these companies is unable or unwilling to supply or expand its levels of services to us in the future, our operations could be severely interrupted. In addition, rapid changes in the communications industry have led to industry consolidation. This consolidation may cause the availability, pricing and quality of the services we use to vary and could lengthen the amount of time it takes to deliver the services that we use. Any damage to, or failure or capacity limitations of, our systems and our related network could result in interruptions in our service that could cause us to lose revenue, issue credits or refunds or could cause our customers to terminate their subscriptions for our services, in each case adversely affecting our renewal rates. Since our customers use our service for important aspects of their businesses, any errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems could hurt our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. As a result, we may lose revenue, issue credits or refunds or customers could elect not to renew our services or delay or withhold payments to us. We could also lose future sales or customers may make claims against us, which could result in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable or the expense or risk of litigation. Additionally, third-party software underlying our services can contain undetected errors or bugs. We may be forced to delay commercial release of our services until any discovered problems are corrected and, in some cases, may need to implement enhancements or modifications to correct errors that we do not detect until after deployment of our services. In addition, problems with the third-party software underlying our services could result in (i) damage to our reputation, (ii) loss of or customers or delayed revenue, (iii) warranty claims or litigation, (iv) loss of or delayed market acceptance of our services or (v) unexpected expenses and diversion of resources to remedy errors. Interruptions or delays in our service due to problems with our third-party web hosting facilities or other third-party service providers could adversely affect our business. 21 Table of Contents We rely on third parties for the maintenance of certain of the equipment running our solutions and software at geographically dispersed hosting facilities with third parties. If we are unable to renew, extend or replace our agreements with any of our third-party hosting facilities, we may be unable to arrange for replacement services at a similar cost and in a timely manner, which could cause an interruption in our service. We do not control the operation of these third- party facilities, each of which may be subject to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures or similar events. These facilities may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism or similar misconduct. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, cessation of operations by our third-party web hosting provider or a third party’s decision to close a facility without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at any facility could result in lengthy interruptions in our service. In addition, the failure by these facilities to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. We may seek to acquire companies or technologies, form joint ventures or make investments in other companies or technologies, which could disrupt our ongoing business, disrupt our management and employees, dilute our stockholders’ ownership, increase our debt, and adversely affect our results of operations. We have made, and in the future intend to form joint ventures, make acquisitions of and investments in companies, technologies or products in existing, related or new markets for us that we believe may enhance our market position or strategic strengths. However, we cannot be sure that any acquisition or investment will ultimately enhance our products or strengthen our competitive position. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including but not limited to: • • • • • • • • • diversion of management’s attention from other operational matters; inability to identify acquisition candidates on terms acceptable to us or at all, or inability to complete acquisitions as anticipated or at all; inability to realize anticipated benefits or commercialize purchased technologies; exposure to operational risks, rules and regulations to the extent such activities are located in countries where we have not historically done business; unknown, underestimated and/or undisclosed commitments or liabilities; incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or future write-offs of intangible assets or goodwill; dilution of ownership of our current stockholders if we issue shares of our common stock; higher than expected transaction costs; and ineffective integration of operations, technologies, products or employees of the acquired companies. In addition, acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations, increase our expenses and/or harm our results of operations or financial condition. Future acquisitions could also result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt (which may reduce our cash available for operations and other uses), an increase in contingent liabilities or an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, each of which could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Economic, political and market conditions can adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and business. Our business is influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control and that we have no comparative advantage in forecasting. These include but are not limited to general economic and business conditions, the overall demand for cloud-based products and services, general political developments and currency exchange rate fluctuations. Economic uncertainty may exacerbate negative trends in consumer spending and may negatively impact the businesses of certain of our customers, which may cause a reduction in their use of our platforms or increase the likelihood of defaulting on their payment obligations, and therefore cause a reduction in our revenues. These conditions and uncertainty about future economic conditions may make it challenging for us to forecast our operating results, make business decisions and identify the risks that may affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations and may result in a more competitive environment, resulting in possible pricing pressures. Our business could be affected by acts of war, terrorism, natural disasters and the widespread outbreak of infectious diseases. Current world tensions could escalate, and this could have unpredictable consequences on the world economy and on our business. The COVID-19 pandemic has created significant uncertainty in the global economy. The COVID-19 pandemic and health measures taken by governments and private industry in response to the pandemic, including stay-at-home orders, restrictions on 22 Table of Contents business operations, and travel restrictions, have had significant negative effects on the economy, including disruptions impacting various supply chains. Continued uncertainty about the pandemic, associated economic consequences, and potential relief measures may have a long-term adverse effect on the economy, our sellers, customers, suppliers, and our business. For example, we are currently subletting some of our office space. An economic downturn or our new work from home practices may cause us to need less office space than we are contractually committed to leasing and prevent us from finding subtenants for such unused office space, causing us to pay for unused office space. Rising tensions in the geopolitical climate have created significant uncertainty in the global economy. These or any further political or governmental developments or health concerns in countries could result in social, economic and labor instability. If, as a result of such events, we experience a reduction in demand for our products, platforms or services, or the supply of products or components to our customers, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. Downgrades in our credit ratings may increase our future borrowing costs, limit our ability to raise capital, cause our stock price to decline or reduce analyst coverage, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business. Credit rating agencies review their ratings periodically and, therefore, the credit rating assigned to us by each of the rating agencies may be subject to revision at any time. Factors that can affect our credit ratings include changes in our operating performance, the economic environment, our financial position, conditions in and periods of disruption in any of our principal markets and changes in our business strategy. If weak financial market conditions or competitive dynamics cause any of these factors to deteriorate, we could see a reduction in our corporate credit rating. Since investors, analysts and financial institutions often rely on credit ratings to assess a company’s creditworthiness and risk profile, make investment decisions and establish threshold requirements for investment guidelines, our ability to raise capital, our access to external financing, our stock price and analyst coverage of our stock could be negatively impacted by a downgrade to our credit rating. Our insurance policies, including general liability, errors and omissions and cyber insurance may not totally protect us. We cannot assure that our existing general liability insurance coverage, coverage for errors and omissions and cyber liability insurance will continue to be available on acceptable terms in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to Our Business and Industry The financial and operating difficulties in the telecommunications sector may negatively affect our customers and our company. The telecommunications sector has at times faced significant challenges resulting from significant changes in technology and consumer behavior, excess capacity, poor operating results and financing difficulties. The sector’s financial status has also at times been uncertain and access to debt and equity capital has been seriously limited. The impact of these events on us could include slower collection on accounts receivable, higher bad debt expense, uncertainties due to possible customer bankruptcies, lower pricing on new customer contracts, lower revenues due to lower usage by the end customer and possible consolidation among our customers, which will put our customers and operating performance at risk. In addition, because we operate in the communications sector, we may also be negatively impacted by limited access to debt and equity capital. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and measures intended to prevent its spread may have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Global health concerns relating to the COVID-19 pandemic and related government actions taken to reduce the spread of the virus have been weighing on the macroeconomic environment, and the pandemic has significantly increased economic uncertainty and reduced economic activity. The pandemic has resulted in government authorities and businesses implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place or total lock-down orders, school closures, and business limitations and shutdowns. As a result, our supply chain, financial condition, revenues, profitability and cash flows could be adversely affected. The pandemic has caused us to modify our business practices to help minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, our customers, and the communities in which we participate, which could negatively impact our business. These measures include 23 Table of Contents temporarily requiring employees to work remotely, suspending all non-essential business travel for our employees, limiting external guests visiting our offices, and canceling, postponing, or holding meetings and events virtually. Given the continually evolving situation, there is no certainty that the measures we have taken will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the virus. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our business, results of operations, and financial condition will depend on developments that continue to be highly uncertain and difficult to predict, including, but not limited to, the duration and spread of the pandemic, its severity, the actions to contain the virus or treat its impact, the availability, distribution and efficacy of vaccines, and how quickly and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, we may experience material and adverse impacts to our business as a result of the virus’s global economic impact, including the availability of credit, bankruptcies or insolvencies of customers, and recession or economic downturn. There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the effect the COVID-19 pandemic may have, and, as a result, the ultimate impact of the pandemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do not yet know the full extent of the impacts on our business, our operations, or the global economy as a whole. However, the effects could have a material impact on our results of operations and heighten many of the known risks described throughout this Risk Factors section. If we do not continue to improve our operational, financial and other internal controls and systems to manage our growth and size, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. Our historic and anticipated growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and other resources and will require us to continue to develop and improve our operational, financial and other internal controls. In particular, our growth will increase the challenges involved in: • recruiting, training and retaining technical, finance, marketing and management personnel with the knowledge, skills and experience that our business model requires; • maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction; • developing and improving our internal administrative infrastructure, particularly our financial, operational, communications and other internal systems; preserving our culture, values and entrepreneurial environment; and effectively managing our personnel and operations and effectively communicating to our personnel worldwide our core values, strategies and goals. • • In addition, the increasing size and scope of our operations increase the possibility that a member of our personnel will engage in unlawful or fraudulent activity, breach our contractual obligations, or otherwise expose us to unacceptable business risks, despite our efforts to train our people and maintain internal controls to prevent such instances. If we do not continue to develop and implement the right processes and tools to manage our enterprise, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. The success of our business depends on the continued growth in demand for connected devices and the continued availability of high-speed access to the Internet. The future success of our business depends upon the continued growth in demand for connected devices and business transactions on the Internet, and on our customers having high-speed access to the Internet, as well as the continued maintenance and development of the Internet infrastructure. While we believe the market for connected devices will continue to grow for the foreseeable future, we cannot accurately predict the extent to which demand for connected devices will increase, if at all. In particular, the current COVID-19 pandemic has caused disruptions in various supply chains. If the demand for connected devices were to slow down or decline or the supply of connected devices to our customers is impacted for any reason, such as COVID-19 or other public health epidemics or concerns, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. If for any reason the Internet does not remain a widespread communications medium and commercial platform, the demand for our services would be significantly reduced, which would harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. To the extent the Internet continues to experience increased numbers of users, frequency of use or bandwidth requirements, the Internet may become congested and be unable to support the demands placed on it, and its 24 Table of Contents performance or reliability may decline. Any future Internet outages or delays could adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition. Our business growth would be impeded if the performance or perception of the Internet was harmed by security problems such as “viruses,” “worms” or other malicious programs, reliability issues arising from outages and damage to Internet infrastructure, delays in development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, increased costs, decreased accessibility and quality of service, or increased government regulation and taxation of Internet activity. The Internet has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, significant user and traffic growth, which has, at times, caused user frustration with slow access and download times. If Internet activity grows faster than Internet infrastructure or if the Internet infrastructure is otherwise unable to support the demands placed on it, or if hosting capacity becomes scarce, the growth of our business and operating results may be adversely affected. The SaaS pricing model is evolving and our failure to manage its evolution and demand could lead to lower than expected revenue and profit. We derive a portion of our revenue growth from subscription offerings and specifically SaaS offerings. This business model depends heavily on achieving economics of scale due to the initial upfront investment, and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. Our customers typically have no contractual obligation to renew their subscriptions after completion of their then-current subscription term. We may be unable to predict future customer renewal rates accurately. Our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of actors, including our customers’ level of satisfaction with our offerings, our offerings’ inability to integrate with new or changing technologies, the prices of our offerings, competing products, reductions in our customers’ spending levels or general, industry-specific or local economic conditions. If we fail to achieve appropriate economics of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and demand of the SaaS pricing model, then our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Because subscription revenue related to our SaaS offerings is typically recognized ratably over time, we expect to experience near-term revenue growth as more customers move to our SaaS subscriptions. If the Company does not achieve near term growth, we may not be able to adjust our cost structure in response to changes in subscription agreements in a period. Also, since revenue from SaaS subscriptions is recognized over the term of their subscriptions, it is difficult for us to rapidly increase revenue through additional sales in any period. We forecast our future revenue and operating results and provide financial projections based on a number of assumptions, including a forecasted rate of subscription bookings. In addition, our subscription based offerings may be invoiced over multiple reporting periods, which could subject us to additional collection and credit risks, particularly if a customer does not plan to renew these subscriptions. If any of our assumptions about our business model or the estimated subscriptions are incorrect, our revenue and operating results may be impacted and could vary materially from those we provide as guidance or from those anticipated by investors and analysts. If we are unable to manage our SaaS pricing model in light of the foregoing risks and uncertainties, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be negatively impacted. Our business depends substantially on customers renewing and expanding their subscriptions for our services. Any decline in our customer renewals and expansions would harm our future operating results. We enter into subscription agreements with certain of our customers that are generally one to two years. As a result, maintaining the renewal rate of those subscription agreements is critical to our future success. We cannot provide assurance that any of our customer agreements will be renewed, as our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our services after the expiration of the initial term of their agreements. The loss of any customers that individually or collectively account for a significant amount of our revenues would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. If our renewal rates are lower than anticipated or decline for any reason, or if customers renew on terms less favorable to us, our revenue may decrease, and our profitability and gross margin may be harmed, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we fail to compete successfully with existing or new competitors, our business could be harmed. If we fail to compete successfully with established or new competitors, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. The industries in which we operate are highly competitive and fragmented, and we expect competition to increase. We compete with independent providers of information systems and services and with the in-house departments of our OEMs and communications services companies’ customers. Rapid technological changes, such as advancements in software integration across multiple and incompatible systems, and economies of scale may make it more economical for CSPs, MSOs or OEMs to develop their own in-house processes and systems, which may render some of our 25 Table of Contents products and services less valuable or, eventually, obsolete. Our competitors include firms that provide comprehensive information systems and managed services solutions, BYOD providers, systems integrators, clearinghouses and service bureaus. Many of our competitors have long operating histories, large customer bases, substantial financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources and strong name recognition. Current and potential competitors have established, and may establish in the future, cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to increase their ability to address the needs of our current or prospective customers. In addition, our competitors have acquired, and may continue to acquire in the future, companies that may enhance their market offerings. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. As a result, our competitors may be able to adapt more quickly than us to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements and may be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. These relationships and alliances may also result in transaction pricing pressure, which could result in large reductions in the selling prices of our products and services. Our competitors or our customers’ in- house solutions may also provide services at a lower cost, significantly increasing pricing pressure on us. We may not be able to offset the effects of this potential pricing pressure. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with established or new competitors may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In particular, a failure to offset competitive pressures brought about by competitors or in-house solutions developed by our customers could result in a substantial reduction in or the outright termination of our contracts with some of our customers, which would have a significant, negative and material impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The markets in which we market and sell our products and services are highly competitive, and if we do not adapt to rapid technological change, we could lose customers or market share, which could adversely affect our ability to sustain or grow revenue. The industries we serve are characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new service offerings and are highly competitive with respect to the need for innovation. Significant technological changes could make our technology and services obsolete, less marketable or less competitive. We must adapt to these rapidly changing markets by continually improving the features, functionality, reliability and responsiveness of our products and services, and by developing new features, services and applications to meet changing customer needs and further address the markets we serve. Our ability to take advantage of opportunities in the markets we serve may require us to invest in development and incur other expenses well in advance of our ability to generate revenues from these offerings or services. We may not be able to timely adapt to these challenges or respond successfully or in a cost-effective way. Our failure to do so would adversely affect our ability to compete and retain customers and/or market share and could adversely affect our ability to sustain or grow revenue. In addition, as we expand our service offerings, we may face competition from new and existing competitors. It is also possible that our customers could decide to create, invest in or collaborate in the creation of competitive products that might limit or reduce their need for our products, services and solutions. Further, we may experience delays in the development of one or more features of our offerings, which could materially reduce the potential benefits to us providing these services. In addition, our present or future service offerings may not satisfy the evolving needs of the industry in which we operate. If we are unable to anticipate or respond adequately to these evolving market needs, due to resource, technological or other constraints, our business and results of operations could be harmed. In addition, the arrival of new market entrants could reduce the demand for our services or cause us to reduce our pricing, resulting in a loss of revenue and adversely affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, the use of internal technologies, developed by our customers or their advisers, could reduce the demand for our services, result in pricing pressures or cause a reduction in our revenue. If we fail to manage these challenges adequately, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. The success of our business depends on our ability to achieve or sustain market acceptance of our services and solutions at desired pricing levels. Our competitors and customers may cause us to reduce the prices we charge for our services and solutions. Our current or future competitors may offer our customers services at reduced prices or bundling and pricing services in a manner that may make it difficult for us to compete. Customers with a significant volume of transactions may attempt to use this leverage in pricing negotiations with us. Also, if our prices are too high, current or potential customers may find it economically advantageous to handle certain functions internally instead of using our services. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions by increasing the number of transactions we handle or the number of customers we serve, by generating higher revenue from enhanced services or by reducing our costs. If these or other sources of pricing pressure cause us to reduce the pricing of our service or solutions below desirable levels, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. 26 Table of Contents If we fail to keep pace with technological advances in the industry, or if we pursue technologies that do not become commercially accepted, customers may not buy our products or use our services. The telecommunications industry uses numerous and varied technologies, and large service providers often invest in several, and sometimes incompatible, technologies. The industry also demands frequent and, at times, significant technology upgrades. Furthermore, enhancing our services revenues requires that we develop and maintain leading tools. We will not have the resources to invest in all existing and potential technologies. As a result, we expect to concentrate our resources on those technologies that we believe have or will achieve substantial customer acceptance and in which we will have appropriate technical expertise. However, existing products often have short product life cycles characterized by declining prices over their lives. In addition, our choices for developing technologies may prove incorrect if customers do not adopt the products that we develop or if those technologies ultimately prove to be unviable. Our revenues and operating results will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to maintain a product portfolio and service capability that is attractive to our current and future customers; to enhance our existing products; to continue to introduce new products successfully and on a timely basis; and to develop new or enhance existing tools for our services offerings. The development of new technologies remains a significant risk to us, due to the efforts that we still need to make to achieve technological feasibility, due to rapidly changing customer markets; and due to significant competitive threats. Our failure to bring these products to market in a timely manner could result in a loss of market share or a lost opportunity to capitalize on new markets for emerging technologies and could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Though acceptance of cloud-based software has advanced in recent years, some businesses may still be hesitant to adopt these types of solutions. Our cloud-based service strategy may not be successful. We enable our customers to offer their subscribers the ability to backup, restore and share content across multiple devices through a cloud-based environment. Some businesses may still be uncertain as to whether a cloud-based service like ours is appropriate for their business needs. The success of our offerings is dependent upon continued acceptance by and growth in subscribers of cloud-based services in general and there can be no guarantee of the adoption rate by these subscribers. Many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software into their organizations and, therefore, may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to a cloud-based model for storing, accessing, sharing and managing their content. Because we derive, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial portion of our revenue and cash flows from sales of our cloud-based solutions, our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of cloud computing for companies in general. Our cloud strategy will continue to evolve, and we may not be able to compete effectively, generate significant revenues or maintain profitability. While we believe our expertise, investments in infrastructure, and the breadth of our cloud-based services provides us with a strong foundation to compete, it is uncertain whether our strategies will attract the users or generate the revenue required to be successful. In addition to software development costs, we incur costs to build and maintain infrastructure to support cloud-based services. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our services, the future growth rate and size of the cloud computing market or the entry of competitive services. The expansion of a cloud-based enterprise software market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance and perceived value associated with cloud computing, as well as the ability of companies that provide cloud-based services to address security and privacy concerns. If we or other providers of cloud-based services experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud-based services as a whole, including our services, may be negatively affected. If there is a reduction in demand for cloud-based services caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, we could experience decreased revenue, which could harm our growth rates and adversely affect our business and operating results. We rely in part on strategic relationships with third parties to sell and deliver our solutions. If we are unable to successfully develop and maintain these relationships, our business may be harmed. In addition to generating customer referrals through third-party users of our solutions, we intend to pursue relationships with other third parties such as technology and content providers and implementation and distribution partners. Our future growth will depend, at least in part, on our ability to enter into and maintain successful strategic relationships with these third parties. Identifying partners and negotiating and documenting relationships with them requires significant time and resources, as does integrating third-party content and technology. Some of the third parties with whom we have strategic relationships have entered and may continue to enter into strategic relationships with our competitors. Further, these third parties may have multiple strategic relationships and may not regard us as significant for their businesses. As a result, they may choose to offer their services on terms that are unfavorable to us, terminate their respective relationships with us, pursue other partnerships or relationships, or attempt to develop or acquire services or solutions that compete with ours. Our relationships with strategic 27 Table of Contents partners could also interfere with our ability to enter into desirable strategic relationships with other potential partners in the future. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining relationships with strategic partners on favorable economic terms, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired, and our business, results of operations and financial condition would suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot provide assurance that these relationships will result in increased revenue or customer usage of our solutions or that the economic terms of these relationships will not adversely affect our margins. If we do not maintain the compatibility of our services with third-party applications that our customers use in their business processes or if we fail to adapt our services to changes in technology or the marketplace, demand for our services could decline. Our solutions can be used alongside a wide range of other systems such as email and enterprise software systems used by our customers in their businesses. If we do not support the continued integration of our products and services with third-party applications, including through the provision of application programming interfaces that enable data to be transferred readily between our services and third-party applications, demand for our services could decline and we could lose sales or experience declining renewal rates. We will also be required to make our products and services compatible with new or additional third-party applications that are introduced to the markets that we serve and, if we are not successful, we could experience reduced demand for our services. In addition, prospective customers, especially large enterprise customers, may require heavily customized features and functions unique to their business processes. If prospective customers require customized features or functions that we do not offer and that would be difficult for them to develop and integrate within our services, then the market for our products and services may be adversely affected. We may not currently or in the future appropriately leverage advances in technology to achieve or sustain a competitive advantage in products, services, information and processes. Our customers and users regularly adopt new technologies and industry standards continue to evolve. The introduction of products or services and the emergence of new industry standards can render our existing services obsolete and unmarketable in short periods of time. We expect others to continue to develop and introduce new and enhance existing products and services that will compete with our services. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to enhance our current services and to develop and introduce new services that keep pace with technological developments, emerging industry standards and the needs of our customers. We cannot assure that we will be successful in cost-effectively developing, marketing and selling new services or service enhancements that meet these changing demands on a timely basis, that we will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of these services, or that our new service and service enhancements will adequately meet the demands of the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. We also cannot assure that the features that we believe will drive purchasing decisions will in fact be the features that our current or potential customers consider most significant. Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risks Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce and of the international exchange of certain information is subject to possible unfavorable changes, and our failure to comply with applicable regulations could harm our business and operating results. As Internet commerce continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governments become more likely. For example, in recent years, numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws regarding privacy and the collection, processing, storage, sharing, disclosure, use or protection of personal information and other data have been enacted. The scope of these laws is expanding, they are subject to differing interpretations and may be costly to comply with and may be inconsistent between countries and jurisdictions or conflict with other rules. Further, laws and regulations applying to the solicitation, collection, processing or use of personal or consumer information could affect our customers’ ability to use and share data, potentially reducing demand for our products and services. In addition, taxation of products and services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may also be imposed. Any regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting the exchange of information over the Internet could result in reduced growth or a decline in the use of the Internet and could diminish the viability of our Internet- based services, which could harm our business and operating results. 28 Table of Contents Failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business could subject us to fines and penalties and could also cause us to lose customers or negatively impact our ability to contract with customers. Our business is subject to regulation by various federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies, including agencies responsible for monitoring and enforcing employment and labor laws, antitrust laws, workplace safety, product safety, environmental laws, consumer protection laws, anti-bribery laws, import/export controls, federal securities laws and tax laws and regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulatory requirements may be more stringent than in the United States. Noncompliance with applicable regulations or requirements could subject us to investigations, sanctions, mandatory product recalls, enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, fines, damages and civil and criminal penalties or injunctions. If any governmental sanctions are imposed, or if we do not prevail in any possible civil or criminal litigation, our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, responding to any action will likely result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and an increase in third-party professional fees. Enforcement actions and sanctions could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. These laws and regulations impose added costs on our business, and failure to comply with these or other applicable regulations and requirements, could lead to claims for damages from our channel partners, penalties or termination of contracts. Any such damages, penalties, disruptions or limitations in our ability to do business could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental policy applicable to our customers or potential customers may decrease the demand for our solutions or increase our costs. The level of our customers’ and potential customers’ activity in the business processes our services are used to support is sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including governmental regulation and regulatory policies. Many of our customers and potential customers in the telecommunications and other industries are subject to substantial regulation and may be the subject of further regulation in the future. Accordingly, significant new laws or regulations or changes in, or repeals of, existing laws, regulations or governmental policy may change the way these customers do business and could cause the demand for and sales of our solutions to decrease. Any change in the scope of applicable regulations that either decreases the volume of transactions that our customers or potential customers enter into or otherwise negatively impacts their use of our solutions would have a material adverse effect on our revenues or gross margins, or both. Moreover, complying with increased or changed regulations could cause our operating expenses to increase as we may have to reconfigure our existing services or develop new services to adapt to new regulatory rules and policies, either of which would require additional expense and time. Additionally, the information provided by, or residing in, the software or services we provide to our customers could be deemed relevant to a regulatory investigation or other governmental or private legal proceeding involving our customers, which could result in requests for information from us that could be expensive and time consuming for us to address or harm our reputation since our customers rely on us to protect the confidentiality of their information. These types of changes could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our expansion into additional international markets may be subject to uncertainties that could increase our costs to comply with regulatory requirements in foreign jurisdictions, disrupt our operations and require increased focus from our management. Our growth strategy includes the growth of our operations in foreign jurisdictions. International operations are subject to numerous additional risks, including economic and political risks in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate or seek to operate, potential additional costs due to localization and other geographic specific costs, difficulty in enforcing contracts and collecting receivables through some foreign legal and financial systems, unexpected changes in legal and regulatory requirements, differing technology standards and pace of adoption, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, varying regional and geopolitical business conditions and demands. The difficulties associated with managing a large organization spread throughout various countries and potential tax issues, including restrictions on repatriating earnings and multiple changing and complex tax laws and regulations, and the differences in foreign laws and regulations, including foreign tax, data privacy requirements, anti-competition, intellectual property, labor, trade and other laws. Additionally, compliance with international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations may increase our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions. Violation of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or our employees, or prohibitions on the conduct of our business. Sanctions imposed by the United States and other countries with respect to countries involved in conflict may impact our ability to offer services in the region, and additional sanctions or retaliatory measures could be imposed in the future. Further instability or tension in the geopolitical climate could also cause us to adjust our operating model, which would increase our costs of operations. As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with 29 Table of Contents our international operations. However, any of these factors could adversely affect our international operations and, consequently, our operating results. Failure to comply with anticorruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended ("FCPA"), and similar laws associated with our activities outside of the United States could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences. We are subject to the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010 ("U.K. Bribery Act") and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. We face significant risks if we fail to comply with the FCPA and other anticorruption laws that prohibit companies and their employees and third- party intermediaries from authorizing, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or benefits to foreign government officials, political parties and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person or securing any advantage. In many foreign countries, particularly in countries with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we use various third parties to sell our solutions and conduct our business abroad. We or our third- party intermediaries may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of these third-party intermediaries, our employees, representatives, contractors, partners and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. We continue to update and implement our FCPA/anti-corruption compliance program and no assurance can be given that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible. Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anticorruption laws and anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, which could have a material and adverse effect on our reputation, brand, business, operating results and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a materially significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other third-party professional fees. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed, or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights. Our success depends to a significant degree upon the protection of our software and other proprietary technology rights. We rely on trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We also regularly file patent applications to protect inventions arising from our research and development and have obtained a number of patents in the United States and other countries. There can be no assurance that our patent applications will be approved, that any issued patents will adequately protect our intellectual property, or that our patents will not be challenged by third parties. Also, much of our business and many of our solutions rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third or other parties and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights or the reverse engineering of our solutions. Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in other countries are uncertain and may afford little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could require costly efforts to protect our technology. Policing the unauthorized use of our products, trademarks and other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could materially harm our business. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. We collect, process, store, disclose and use personal information and other data, and our actual or perceived failure to protect this information and data could damage our reputation and harm our business and operating results. We collect, process, store, disclose and use personal information and other data provided by our customers and their end users. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to effectively secure transmission of this information. There are numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws regarding privacy and the collection, processing, storage, sharing, disclosure, use or protection of personal information and other data. The scope of these laws is changing, they are 30 Table of Contents subject to differing interpretations and they may be costly to comply with and may be inconsistent between countries and jurisdictions or conflict with other rules. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various government agencies, such as the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), and various state, local, and foreign agencies. Our data handling is also subject to contractual obligations and industry standards. The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, use, and storage of data relating to individuals and businesses, including the use of contact information and other data for marketing, advertising, and other communications with individuals and businesses. In the United States, various laws and regulations apply to the collection, processing, disclosure, and security of certain types of data, including the Electronic Communications Privacy Act, the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Gramm Leach Bliley Act, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, as well as state laws relating to privacy and data security. Additionally, the FTC and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use, dissemination, and security of data. For example, California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020 and became enforceable by the California Attorney General on July 1, 2020, and broadly defines personal information. The CCPA creates new individual privacy rights for consumers (as that term is broadly defined) and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling personal data of consumers or households. The CCPA requires covered companies to provide certain disclosures to California consumers about its data collection, use and sharing practices, provide such consumers with ways to opt-out of certain sales or transfers of personal information, provides for civil penalties for violations, and allows for a new private right of action for data breaches that has resulted in an increase in data breach litigation. Additionally, a new California ballot initiative, the California Privacy Rights Act, or “CPRA,” was passed in November 2020. Effective starting on January 1, 2023, the CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA. The effects of the CCPA and the CPRA are potentially significant and may require us to modify our data collection or processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply and increase our potential exposure to regulatory enforcement and/or litigation. The laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security are evolving, can be subject to significant change, and may result in ever-increasing regulatory and public scrutiny and escalating levels of enforcement and sanctions. The CCPA, in particular, appears to have marked the beginning of a trend toward more stringent state privacy legislation in the United States, which could in certain circumstances increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business. For instance, Virginia enacted the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, or the CDPA, and, most recently, Colorado passed the Colorado Privacy Act, or CPA, both comprehensive state privacy laws with an effective date of July 1, 2023. The CCPA, CPRA, CDPA, and CPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, particularly in the event of a data breach, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, including how we use personal information, our financial condition, the results of our operations or prospects. This trend, further, has prompted a number of proposals for new federal and state-level privacy legislation. Such proposed legislation, if enacted, may add additional complexity, variation in requirements, restrictions and potential legal risk, require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, impact strategies and the availability of previously useful data and could result in increased compliance costs and/or changes in business practices and policies. Many of the foreign jurisdictions where we or our customers operate or conduct business, including the European Union, have laws and regulations dealing with the collection, use, storage, and disclosure and other handling (collectively, “processing”) of personal information, which in some cases are more restrictive than those in the United States. In addition to regulating the processing of personal information within the relevant jurisdictions, these legal requirements often also apply to the processing of personal information outside these jurisdictions, where there is some specified link to the relevant jurisdiction. For example, Synchronoss has multiple offices in Europe and serves clients and their customers throughout the European Union (“EU”), where the GDPR went into effect in 2018. The GDPR, which also is the law in Iceland, Norway, and Liechtenstein, has an extensive global reach and imposes robust obligations relating to the processing of personal information, including documentation requirements, greater control for data subjects (e.g., the rights to be forgotten and to data portability), security requirements, notice requirements, restrictions on sharing personal information, data governance obligations, data breach notification requirements, and restrictions on the export of personal information to other countries (discussed in further detail below).The solutions that we currently offer subject us to many of these laws and regulations in many of the foreign jurisdictions where we operate or conduct business, and these laws and regulations may be modified or subject to new or different interpretations, and new laws and regulations may be enacted in the future. Recent legal developments have created compliance uncertainty regarding some transfers of personal information from the UK and European Economic Area (“EEA”) to locations where we or our customers operate or conduct business, including the United States and potentially Singapore, particularly with respect to cross-border transfers. Under the GDPR, such transfers can 31 Table of Contents take place only if certain conditions apply or if certain data transfer mechanisms are in place. In July 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union ruled in its “Schrems II” decision (C-311/18), that the Privacy Shield was invalid and could no longer be relied upon as a basis for international transfers due to the breadth of United States surveillance laws. In September 2020, the Federal Data Protection and Information Commissioner of Switzerland (where the law has a similar restriction on the export of personal information) issued an opinion concluding that the Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework, similarly, does not provide an adequate level of protection for data transfers from Switzerland to the United States pursuant to Switzerland’s Federal Act on Data Protection. Synchronoss and our customers continue to use alternative transfer strategies, including the European Commission’s Standard Contractual Clauses (“SCCs”), while the authorities interpret the Schrems II decision and the validity of alternative data transfer mechanisms. Use of such data transfer mechanisms must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals, and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place. As a result, we may experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use our products due to the potential risk exposure to such customers arising from shifting business sentiment in the EEA regarding international data transfers and the data protection obligations imposed on them. We may, further, find it necessary to establish systems to maintain personal data originating from the EEA in the EEA, which may involve substantial expense and may cause us to need to divert resources from other aspects of our business, all of which may adversely affect our business. The SCCs, moreover, though previously approved by the European Commission, have faced challenges in European courts (including being called into question in the Schrems II decision), and may be further challenged, suspended or invalidated for transfers to some or all countries. For example, guidance regarding Schrems II issued by the European Data Protection Board (which is comprised of representatives from every EU member state’s top data protection authority) have cast serious doubt on the validity of SCCs for most transfers of personal information to the United States. Further, the European Commission published new versions of the SCCs on June 4, 2021, which required implementation by September 27, 2021 for new transfers, and by December 2022 for all existing transfers. These recent developments require us to review and amend our uses of SCCs involving the transfer of EEA data outside of the EEA, which could increase our compliance costs and adversely affect our business, and we and our customers may face a risk of enforcement actions taken by European data protection authorities until the time, if any, that personal data transfers to us and by us from the EEA are legitimized under European law. At present, there are few viable alternatives to the Privacy Shield and the SCCs, so such developments may necessitate further expenditures on local infrastructure, changes to internal business processes, changes to products, or may otherwise affect or restrict our sales and operations. EU data protection authorities have the power to impose administrative fines for violations of the GDPR of up to a maximum of €20 million or 4% of a corporate family’s total worldwide global turnover for the preceding fiscal year, whichever is higher. Such penalties are in addition to any civil litigation claims by clients, data subjects or other third parties. We believe that the solutions that we currently offer subject us to the GDPR and other laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and information security, and these may be modified or subject to new or different interpretations in the future. We will need to take steps to address compliance obligations in this rapidly evolving legal environment, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to implement changes in a timely manner or without significant disruption to our business, or that such steps will be effective, and we may face the risk of liability and loss of business. In addition, further to the United Kingdom's (“UK”) exit from the EU on January 31, 2020, the GDPR ceased to apply in the UK at the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020. However, as of January 1, 2021, the UK’s European Union Act 2018 incorporated the GDPR (as it existed on December 31, 2020 but subject to certain UK specific amendments) into UK law (referred to as the “UK GDPR”). The UK GDPR and the UK Data Protection Act 2018 set out the UK’s data protection regime, which is independent from but aligned to the EU’s data protection regime. The EU issued an adequacy decision in June 2021 in favor of the UK permitting data transfers from the EEA to the UK. However, this adequacy decision is subject to a four- year term, and the EU could intervene during the term if it determines that the data protection laws in the UK are not sufficient. If the adequacy decision is not renewed after its term, or the EU intervenes during the term, data may not be able to flow freely from the EEA to the UK unless additional measures are taken. In which case, we may be required to find alternative solutions for the compliant transfer of personal data into the UK from the EEA. Non-compliance with the UK GDPR may result in monetary penalties of up to £17.5 million or 4% of worldwide revenue, whichever is higher. Like the EU GDPR, the UK GDPR restricts personal data transfers outside the UK to countries not regarded by the UK as providing adequate protection (this means that personal data transfers from the UK to the EEA remain free flowing). This lack of clarity on future UK laws and regulations and their interaction with EU laws and regulations could add legal risk, uncertainty, complexity and cost to our handling of EU personal information and our privacy and data security compliance programs. It is possible that over time the UK Data Protection Act could become less aligned with the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which could require us to implement different compliance measures for the UK and the European Union and result in potentially enhanced compliance obligations for EU personal data. 32 Table of Contents In addition to the EU and UK, a growing number of other global jurisdictions are considering or have passed legislation implementing data protection requirements or requiring local storage and processing of data or similar requirements that could increase the cost and complexity of delivering our offerings. Some of these laws, such as the General Data Protection Law in Brazil, or the Act on the Protection of Personal Information in Japan, impose similar obligations as those under the GDPR. Others, such as those in Russia, India, and China, could potentially impose more stringent obligations, including data localization requirements. If we are unable to develop and offer features that meet legal requirements or help our customers meet their obligations under the laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security, or if we violate or are perceived to violate any laws, regulations, or other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, or information security, we may experience reduced demand for our offerings, harm to our reputation, and become subject to investigations, claims, and other remedies, which would expose us to significant fines, penalties, and other damages, all of which would harm our business. We also depend on a number of third parties in relation to the operation of our business, a number of which process personal data on our behalf or as our sub-processor. To the extent required by applicable law, we attempt to mitigate the associated risks of using third parties by performing security assessments and detailed due diligence, entering into contractual arrangements to ensure that providers only process personal data according to our instructions or equivalent instructions to the instructions of our customer (as applicable), and that they have sufficient technical and organizational security measures in place. Where we transfer personal data outside the EEA or the UK to such third parties, we do so in compliance with the relevant data export requirements, as described above. There is no assurance that these contractual measures and our own privacy and security-related safeguards will protect us from the risks associated with the third-party processing, storage and transmission of such information. Any violation of data or security laws by our third-party processors could have a material adverse effect on our business and result in the fines and penalties under the GDPR, UK GDPR, or other laws outlined above. As noted above, the scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, as a result of the rapidly evolving regulatory framework for privacy issues worldwide. As a result of the laws that are or may be applicable to us, and due to the sensitive nature of the information we collect, we have implemented policies and procedures to preserve and protect our data and our clients’ and client customers’ data against loss, misuse, corruption, misappropriation caused by systems failures, or unauthorized access. If our policies, procedures, or measures relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, or client communications fail to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal obligations, or industry standards, we may be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, regulatory investigations, fines, penalties, and negative publicity, and could cause our application providers, clients and partners to lose trust in us, and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that, if adopted, may apply to us, or which customers may require us to adopt. Because the interpretation and application of privacy and data protection laws, regulations, rules, and other standards are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws, rules, regulations, and other actual or alleged legal obligations, such as contractual or self-regulatory obligations, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the functionality of our products. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our software, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal, or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to privacy or data security, may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, or adverse publicity, and could cause our clients and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, consumer communications, and information security, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations, and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws or regulations could impair our ability to develop and market new functionality and maintain and grow our client base and increase revenue. Future restrictions on the collection, use, sharing, or disclosure of data, or additional requirements for express or implied consent of our clients, partners, or end users for the use and disclosure of such information could require us to incur additional costs or modify our products, possibly in a material manner, and could limit our ability to develop new functionality. If we are not able to comply with these laws or regulations, or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could be directly harmed, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources or to discontinue certain solutions, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise adversely affect the growth of our business. Furthermore, any costs incurred as a result of this potential liability could harm our operating results. 33 Table of Contents Compromises to our privacy safeguards or disclosure of confidential information could impact our reputation. Names, addresses, telephone numbers, credit card data and other personal identification information are collected, processed and stored in our systems. Our treatment of this kind of information is subject to contractual restrictions and federal, state and foreign data privacy laws and regulations. Advances in technology, the expertise of criminals, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, acts or omissions by our employees, contractors or service providers or other events or developments could result in a compromise or breach in the security of confidential or sensitive information. Our security measures and those of our service providers may be breached or compromised by individuals or groups of hackers, including sophisticated organizations and nation states, or compromised by personnel error or malfeasance. Techniques used to compromise or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. We and our service providers, therefore, may not be able to prevent third parties, including criminals, competitors or others, from breaking into or altering our systems, conducting denial-of-service attacks, attempting to gain access to our systems, information or monetary funds through phishing or social engineering campaigns, installing viruses or malicious software on our website or devices used by our employees or contractors, or carrying out other activity intended to disrupt our systems or gain access to confidential or sensitive information in our or our service providers’ systems. Furthermore, such third parties may further engage in various other illegal activities using such information, including credit card fraud, which may cause additional harm to us, our users and our brand. Third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce our or our service providers’ employees to misdirect funds or to disclose information in order to gain access to personal data we maintain about our users or website users. Any accidental unauthorized access to or disclosure, loss, disablement or encryption of, acquisition, use or misuse of or modification of confidential or sensitive information, processing or destruction of this information, or unavailability of information that we or our partners could experience or the perception that one has occurred or may occur, could expose us to regulatory actions, litigation, investigations, remediation obligations, damage to our reputation and brand, supplemental disclosure obligations, loss of customer, consumer and partner confidence in the security of our applications, destruction of information, indemnity obligations, impairment to our business and resulting fees, costs, expenses, loss of revenues and other potential liabilities. Moreover, there could be public announcements regarding any such incidents and any steps we take to respond to or remediate such incidents. Security incidents could disrupt operation of our products or result in unauthorized access to, unauthorized use or disclosure of, the inaccessibility of or loss of our or our partners’ and users’ sensitive and confidential information (including intellectual property and personal information). Consequences of these incidents can include damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, loss of business, litigation, regulatory investigations and other liabilities. Even a perceived security incident could damage the market perception of our business and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Our efforts to detect, prevent and remediate known or potential security vulnerabilities may result in additional direct and indirect costs. Finally, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to other similarly situated services, our users and potential users may lose trust in the security of such services generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing users or attract new ones. We devote financial and personnel resources to implement and maintain security measures. While we have security measures in place that are designed to protect against these risks, preserve the integrity of customer and personal information and prevent information loss, misappropriation and other security breaches, our security measures may be compromised as a result of intentional misconduct, including by computer hackers, employees, contractors or service providers, as well as software bugs, human error, technical malfunctions or other malfeasance. If any breach of information security were to occur, our reputation and brand could be damaged, our business may suffer, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such breaches, and we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability. For example, any such event that leads to unauthorized access, use, or disclosure of personal information, including personal information regarding our customers or employees, could compel us to comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws and foreign law equivalents, subject us to mandatory corrective action, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect the privacy and security of personal information, including private lawsuits or class actions under the California Consumer Privacy Act, which could result in significant legal and financial exposure and reputational damages that could potentially have an adverse effect on our business. Actual or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants. Any compromise or breach of our security measures, or those of our third-party service providers, may violate applicable privacy, data security and other laws, and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may need to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches, diverting resources from the growth and expansion of our business. 34 Table of Contents Finally, the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the shift to a remote workforce may exacerbate these risks. With our employees primarily working from their homes or other locations outside of the office, there is increased potential that unauthorized third parties may have access to sensitive company or customer information. For instance, if our employees were to use a non-secure internet network, conduct their work in a non-secure environment or even fail to take appropriate precautions within their own home, there is a greater likelihood that an unauthorized person or entity could obtain access to ours or our clients’ sensitive information. Any or all of these issues could negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to elect to terminate or not renew their subscriptions, result in reputational damage, cause us to pay remediation costs, or require us to compensate our customers or other users for certain losses or result in lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liabilities, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. These risks may increase as we continue to grow and collect, process, store and transmit increasingly large amounts of data. Fraudulent Internet transactions could negatively impact our business. Our business may be exposed to risks associated with Internet credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to incur unexpected expenditures and loss of revenues. Under current credit card practices, a merchant is liable for fraudulent credit card transactions when, as is the case with the transactions we process, that merchant does not obtain a cardholder’s signature. Although our customers currently bear the risk for a fraudulent credit card transaction, in the future we may be forced to share some of that risk and the associated costs with our customers. To the extent that technology upgrades or other expenditures are required to prevent credit card fraud and identity theft, we may be required to bear the costs associated with such expenditures. In addition, to the extent that credit card fraud and/or identity theft cause a decline in business transactions over the Internet generally, both the business of our customers and our business could be adversely affected. Third-party claims that we are infringing intellectual property, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses, and our business could be harmed. Third parties could claim that our current or future products or technology infringe their proprietary rights. We expect that software developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors providing software and services to the communications industry increases and overlaps occur. Any claim of infringement by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, and could distract our management from our business. Furthermore, a party making a claim of this nature, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from offering our products or services. Any of these events could seriously harm our business. We are generally obligated to indemnify our customers if our services infringe the proprietary rights of third parties and certain of our agreements with customers and partners include indemnification provisions under which we have agreed to indemnify the counter-party for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement and, in some cases, for financial and other damages caused by us to property or persons. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or partners. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or partners, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers or partners. If anyone asserts a claim against us relating to proprietary technology or information, while we might seek to license their intellectual property, we might not be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms or on any terms. In addition, any efforts to develop non-infringing technology could be unsuccessful. Our failure to obtain the necessary licenses or other rights or to develop non-infringing technology could prevent us from offering our services and could therefore seriously harm our business. Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to sell our services and subject us to possible litigation. A portion of the technologies licensed by us incorporates “open source” software, and we may incorporate open source software in the future. Open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to certain conditions, including requirements that we offer any of our services that incorporate the open source software at no cost. Additionally, we may be required to make publicly available any source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and/or license those modifications or alterations on terms that are unfavorable to us. If an author or other third party 35 Table of Contents that distributes open source software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, enjoined from selling those of our services that contained the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the distribution and sale of some of our services. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide technology support, maintenance, warranties or assurance of title or controls on the origin of the software. We continue to incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new and ongoing compliance initiatives. We operate as a public company, and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” or “SOX”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and other public company disclosure and corporate governance requirements, as well as any new rules that may subsequently be implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or Nasdaq, the exchange on which our common stock is listed These rules impose various requirements on public companies, including requirements related to disclosures, corporate governance and internal controls. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources. Our management and other personnel will continue to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costlier. For example, we expect these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, requires us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 requires that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. Changes in, or interpretations of, tax rules and regulations, could adversely affect our effective tax rates. Global tax developments applicable to multinational businesses may have a material impact to our business, cash flow from operating activities, or financial results. The Biden administration has proposed increases to the U.S. corporate income tax rate, minimum tax on book income, and increased taxation of international business operations. International organizations such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, have published Base Erosion and Profit Shifting action plans that, if adopted by countries where we do business, could increase our tax obligations in these countries. In addition, several countries have proposed or enacted Digital Services Taxes ("DST"), many of which would apply to revenues derived from digital services. We will continue to assess the ongoing impact of these current and pending changes to global tax legislation and the impact on the Company's future financial statements upon the finalization of laws, regulations and additional guidance. In addition, as we continue to evaluate our corporate structure, any changes to the taxation of undistributed foreign earnings could also change our plans regarding reinvestment of such earnings. Due to the large scale of our U.S. and international business activities, many of these enacted and proposed changes to the taxation of our activities could increase our worldwide effective tax rate and have an adverse effect on our operating results, cash flow or financial condition. Certain EU and other jurisdictions have introduced anti-hybrid provisions, which came into force in EU member states on January 1, 2020 (subject to relevant derogations). The scope of these rules is wide-reaching and can apply to disallow certain deductions for corporate tax purposes where hybrid entities exist within a company structure. These provisions may place additional burden on our management to assess the impact of the rules and potentially create additional tax costs. EU countries 36 Table of Contents and other jurisdictions will continue to interpret or issue additional guidance on how provisions of the anti-hybrid will be applied, which, if applicable, may materially impact our financial statements and cash flow. Separately, as a result of the complexity of, and lack of clear precedent or authority with respect to, the application of various income tax laws to our corporate structure, tax authorities may challenge how we report our transactions, which may increase our costs and impact our operations. We are subject to income taxes as well as non-income-based taxes, in both the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. Many judgments are required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and other tax liabilities, and we are under audit by various tax authorities, which often do not agree with positions taken by us on our income and non-income-based tax returns. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate tax outcome may differ from the amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made. Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future results of operations. Our future effective tax rates could be unfavorably affected by changes in tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws or by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. It is possible that future requirements, including the recently proposed implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) could change our current application of U.S. GAAP, resulting in a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations. In addition, we are subject to the continued examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of outcomes resulting from these examinations, if any, to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We believe our estimates to be reasonable, but there can be no assurance that the final determination of any of these examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial position. If we are required to collect sales and use taxes on the services we sell in additional jurisdictions, we may be subject to liability for past sales and our future sales could decrease. We currently collect sales or use tax on our services in most states. Historically, with a few exceptions, we have not charged or collected value added tax on our services anywhere in the world. We may lose sales or incur significant expenses should tax authorities in other jurisdictions where we do business be successful in imposing sales and use taxes, value added taxes or similar taxes on the services we provide. A successful assertion by one or more tax authorities that we should collect sales or other taxes on the sale of our services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, including interest and penalty charges, and could discourage customers from purchasing our services and otherwise harm our business. Further, we may conclude based on our own review that our services may be subject to sales and use taxes in other areas where we do business. Under these circumstances, we may voluntarily disclose our estimated liability to the respective tax authorities and initiate activities to collect taxes going forward. It is not clear that our services are subject to sales and use tax in certain jurisdictions. States and certain municipalities in the United States, as well as countries outside the United States, have different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes. These rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time and, in the future, our services may be subject to such taxes. Although our customer contracts typically provide that our customers are responsible for the payment of all taxes associated with the provision and use of our services, customers may decline to pay back taxes and may refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. In certain cases, we may elect not to request customers to pay back taxes. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and associated interest and penalties, and if our customers fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, or if we elect not to seek payment of these amounts, we will incur unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on our services going forward will effectively increase the cost of our services to our customers and may adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or gain new customers in jurisdictions in which such taxes are imposed. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation or financial condition. Changes in accounting principles, or the interpretation thereof, could have a significant impact on our financial position and results of operation. We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. A change in these principles can have a significant impact on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported transactions. The adoption of new or revised accounting principles may require that we make significant changes to our systems, processes and controls and could have a significant impact on our financial position and results of operations. 37 Table of Contents Risks Related to our Series B Preferred Stock, Senior Notes and our Common Stock Our stock price may continue to experience significant fluctuations and could subject us to litigation. Our stock price, like that of other technology companies, continues to fluctuate greatly. Our stock price, and demand for our stock, can be affected by many factors, such as unanticipated changes in management, quarterly increases or decreases in our earnings, speculation in the investment community about our financial condition or results of operations and changes in revenue or earnings estimates, announcement of new services, technological developments, alliances, or acquisitions by us. Additionally, the price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate greatly in the future due to factors that are non- company specific, such as the decline in the United States and/or international economies, acts of terror against the United States or other jurisdictions where we conduct business, war or other military conflict or due to a variety of company specific factors, including quarter to quarter variations in our operating results, shortfalls in revenue, gross margin or earnings from levels projected by securities analysts and the other factors discussed in these risk factors. In addition, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences uneven investor confidence, the market price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. Fluctuation in market price and demand for our common stock may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. Causes of volatility in the market price of our stock could subject us to securities class action litigation. We were previously, and may in the future be, the subject of lawsuits that could require us to incur substantial costs defending against those lawsuits and divert the time and attention of our management. We have, and in the future may be, the target of stockholder derivative complaints or other securities related legal actions that could adversely affect our results of operations and our business. We have, and in the future may be, the target of stockholder derivative complaints or other securities related legal actions. We were subject to stockholder derivative litigation relating to certain of our previous public disclosures and may result in additional litigation. For additional discussion of this litigation, see Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” contained in this Form 10-K. The existence of any litigation may have an adverse effect on our reputation with referral sources and our customers themselves, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. The outcome and amount of resources needed to respond to, defend or resolve lawsuits is unpredictable and may remain unknown for long periods of time. Our exposure under these matters may also include our indemnification obligations, to the extent we have any, to current and former officers and directors and, in some cases former underwriters, against losses incurred in connection with these matters, including reimbursement of legal fees and other expenses. Although we maintain insurance for claims of this nature, our insurance coverage does not apply in all circumstances and may be denied or insufficient to cover the costs related to the class action and stockholder derivative lawsuits. In addition, future lawsuits or legal claims involving us may increase our insurance premiums, deductibles or co- insurance requirements or otherwise make it more difficult for us to maintain or obtain adequate insurance coverage on acceptable terms, if at all. Moreover, adverse publicity associated with negative developments in any such legal proceedings could decrease customer demand for our services. As a result, future lawsuits involving us, or our officers or directors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and the trading price of our common stock. Other than payment of dividends on our previous Series A Preferred Stock and our current Series B Preferred Stock, we have never paid dividends on our capital stock and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, any gains from an investment in our common stock will likely depend on whether the price of our common stock increases. Other than the payment of dividends, either in-kind or in cash, on our previous Series A Preferred Stock and our current Series B Preferred Stock in accordance with the Series A Certificate and Series B Certificate, we have not paid dividends on any of our classes of capital stock and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of our current credit agreement and any future indebtedness that we may incur could preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be a shareholder’s sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Consequently, in the foreseeable future, a shareholder will likely only experience a gain from an investment in our common stock if the price of our common stock increases. 38 Table of Contents Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, therefore depressing the trading price of our common stock. We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and credit agreements may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws: • • • • • • • • authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt; prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of the stock to elect some directors; establish a classified board of directors as a result of which successor to a director whose term has expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election; require that directors only be removed from office for cause; provide that vacancies on the board of directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office; limit who may call special meetings of stockholders; prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a stockholder meeting; and establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock is generally necessary to amend or repeal the above provisions that are contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Also, absent approval of our board of directors, our amended and restated by-laws may only be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our shares of capital stock entitled to vote. In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits business combination transactions with stockholders of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock that our board of directors has not approved. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to acquire us. These provisions may apply even if some stockholders may consider the transaction beneficial to them. As a result, these provisions could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions might also discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer, even if the acquisition proposal or tender offer is at a premium over the then current market price for our common stock. We are subject to investigations relating to certain transactions in 2015 and 2016 that resulted in the restatement of our financial statements in 2018, and the Securities and Exchange Commission staff has preliminarily determined to recommend the initiation of an enforcement action against us in connection with that matter. On June 22, 2021, the SEC staff verbally notified us that it has made a preliminary determination to recommend that the SEC initiate an enforcement action against us in connection with certain financial transactions that we effected in 2015 and 2016 and our disclosure of and accounting for such transactions, which we restated in the third quarter of 2018 in our restated annual and quarterly financial statements for 2015 and 2016. That restatement followed our announcement on June 13, 2017 (the “June 2017 Announcement”), that certain of our prior financial statements would need to be restated. Certain individuals, including current and former members of our management team, received similar notifications. We remain in discussions with the SEC staff regarding the prospect of resolving this matter through settlement. If we are unable to resolve this matter through settlement then we would expect to receive a “Wells notice” from the SEC staff in connection with this matter. Although a Wells notice is neither a formal charge of wrongdoing nor a final determination that the recipient has violated any law, it is a formal notice that the SEC intends to bring an enforcement action against the recipient. Upon receipt of a Wells notice, the recipient has the opportunity to respond to the SEC staff’s position before any formal enforcement action is taken. In the third quarter of 2017, the SEC and Department of Justice initiated investigations in connection with the June 2017 Announcement and certain transactions that we restated in the third quarter of 2018. We have received subpoenas, produced documents, and provided additional information to the government in connection with those investigations. 39 Table of Contents At this time, we cannot predict with certainty what the outcome of these government investigations or the SEC staff’s preliminary determination might be, but they could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, prospects and results of operations, however, we have reserved to the best of our ability to account for these potential liabilities. Our current or future debt securities or preferred equity securities, which are and would be senior to our common stock, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Our Senior Notes and Series B Preferred Stock are senior to our common stock. In addition, in the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt or preferred equity securities, including medium term notes, senior or subordinated notes and classes of preferred stock. Debt securities or shares of preferred stock will generally be entitled to receive interest payments or distributions, both current and in connection with any liquidation or sale, prior to the holders of our common stock. We are not required to offer any such additional debt or preferred equity securities to existing common stockholders on a preemptive basis, and we may generally issue any such debt or preferred equity securities in the future without obtaining the consent of our common stockholders. As a result, any such future offerings of debt securities or preferred equity securities may adversely affect the market price of the common stock. B. Riley Financial, Inc. and its affiliates (“BRF”) have significant influence over us and may have conflicts of interest that arise out of future contractual relationships it or its affiliates may have with us. As of December 31, 2021 BRF owned 19.2% of our outstanding common stock and all of our Series B Preferred Stock. As a result, BRF holds significant influence over us as a significant shareholder and may have conflicts of interest that arise out of current or future contractual relationships it or its affiliates may have with us. In addition, for so long as BRF and its affiliates beneficially own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, BRF will have the right to nominate one member of our board of directors pursuant to an investor rights agreement. As a result of the foregoing arrangements, BRF has significant influence over our management and policies and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions. Further, if BRF and other significant shareholders of the Company were to act together on any matter presented for shareholder approval, they could have the ability to control the outcome of that matter. BRF can take actions that have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares. These actions may be taken even if other shareholders oppose them. The Senior Notes are unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness that we currently have or that we may incur in the future. The Senior Notes are not secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries have currently outstanding or may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The indenture governing the Senior Notes does not prohibit us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional secured (or unsecured) indebtedness in the future. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness and may consequently receive payment from these assets before they may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are obligations exclusively of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Senior Notes, and the Senior Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. Therefore, in any bankruptcy, liquidation or similar proceeding, all claims of creditors (including trade creditors) of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Senior Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Senior Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish as financing vehicles or otherwise. The indenture governing the Senior Notes does not prohibit us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional 40 Table of Contents indebtedness in the future. In addition, future debt and security agreements entered into by our subsidiaries may contain various restrictions, including restrictions on payments by our subsidiaries to us and the transfer by our subsidiaries of assets pledged as collateral. The indenture under which the Senior Notes were issued contains limited protection for holders of the Senior Notes. The indenture under which the Senior Notes were issued offers limited protection to holders of the Senior Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Senior Notes does not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Senior Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Senior Notes do not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to: • • issue debt securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Senior Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Senior Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the Senior Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in our subsidiaries and therefore rank structurally senior to the Senior Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries; pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes; sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets); enter into transactions with affiliates; create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions; • • • • make investments; or • create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries. In addition, the indenture does not include any protection against certain events, such as a change of control, a leveraged recapitalization or “going private” transaction (which may result in a significant increase of our indebtedness levels), restructuring or similar transactions. Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Senior Notes will not protect holders of the Senior Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow, or liquidity. Also, an event of default or acceleration under our other indebtedness would not necessarily result in an Event of Default under the Senior Notes. Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Senior Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Senior Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Senior Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Senior Notes. Other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Senior Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Senior Notes. An increase in market interest rates could result in a decrease in the value of the Senior Notes. In general, as market interest rates rise, notes bearing interest at a fixed rate decline in value. We cannot predict the future level of market interest rates. An active trading market for the Senior Notes may not develop, which could limit the market price of the Senior Notes or your ability to sell them. The Senior Notes are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “SNCRL”. We cannot provide any assurances that an active trading market will develop for the Senior Notes or that holders of our Senior Notes will be able to sell their Notes. If the Senior Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price depending on prevailing 41 Table of Contents interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors. The underwriters of our Senior Note offering have advised us that they may make a market in the Senior Notes, but they are not obligated to do so. The underwriters may discontinue any market-making in the Senior Notes at any time at their sole discretion. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for the Senior Notes, that holders of our Senior Notes will be able to sell their Senior Notes at a particular time or that the price the holders receive when they sell will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price for the Senior Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, holders of our Senior Notes may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Senior Notes for an indefinite period of time. In addition, there may be a limited number of buyers when a holder decides to sell their Senior Notes. This may affect the price, if any, offered for such notes or the holders’ ability to sell them when desired or at all. We may issue additional Senior Notes. Under the terms of the indenture governing the Senior Notes, we may from time to time without notice to, or the consent of, the holders of the Senior Notes, create and issue additional notes which will be equal in rank to the Senior Notes. On October 25, 2021, we entered into an At Market Issuance Sales Agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) between us and BRF, which provides that we may from time to time issue and sell, by means of “at the market” offerings, up to $18 million of our Senior Notes. We will not issue any such additional Notes unless such issuance would constitute a “qualified reopening” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The rating for the Senior Notes could at any time be revised downward or withdrawn entirely at the discretion of the issuing rating agency. We have obtained a rating for the Senior Notes. Ratings only reflect the views of the issuing rating agency or agencies and such ratings could at any time be revised downward or withdrawn entirely at the discretion of the issuing rating agency. A rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold the Senior Notes. Ratings do not reflect market prices or suitability of a security for a particular investor and the rating of the Senior Notes may not reflect all risks related to us and our business, or the structure or market value of the Senior Notes. We may elect to issue other securities for which we may seek to obtain a rating in the future. If we issue other securities with a rating, such ratings, if they are lower than market expectations or are subsequently lowered or withdrawn, could adversely affect the market for or the market value of the Senior Notes. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES We lease approximately 120,000 square feet of office space for our corporate headquarters in Bridgewater, New Jersey. We also lease approximately 72,000 square foot facility in Bangalore, India. In addition to the above office space, we lease offices in certain countries including Australia, Ireland, Germany, England, Italy, Japan and in various states in the United States including Arizona and Virginia. Lease terms for our locations expire in the years between 2022 and 2028. We believe that the facilities we now lease are sufficient to meet our needs through at least the next twelve months. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS For a discussion of our material pending legal proceedings that could impact our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows see Note 20. Legal Matters included in Part II, Item 8. “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not Applicable. 42 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information As of December 31, 2021, our common stock was traded and listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “SNCR.” As of December 31, 2021, there were approximately 50 named holders of record of our common stock as according to our transfer agent. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by banks, brokers and other nominees. On December 31, 2021, the last reported sale price of our common stock as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select Market was $2.44 per share. Dividend Policy Common Stock We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common equity. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Preferred Stock Series B Non-Convertible Preferred Stock On June 30, 2021, the Company closed a private placement of 75,000 shares of its Series B Perpetual Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with an initial liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), for net proceeds of $72.8 million (the “Series B Transaction”). The sale of the Series B Preferred Stock was pursuant to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2021 (the “Series B Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and B. Riley Principal Investments, LLC (“BRPI”). The rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions and limitations of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are set forth in the Series B Certificate. Under the Series B Certificate, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, on each share of Series B Preferred Stock on a quarterly basis, an amount equal to the dividend rate, as described in the following sentence, divided by four and multiplied by the then-applicable Liquidation Preference per share of Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Dividends”). The dividend rate is (1) 9.5% per annum for the period commencing on June 30, 2021 and ending on and including December 31, 2021, (2) 13% per annum for the year commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including December 31, 2022; and (3) 14% per annum for the year commencing on January 1, 2023 and thereafter. The Preferred Dividends will be due in cash on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each, a “Series B Dividend Payment Date”). The Company may choose to pay the Series B Preferred Dividends in cash or in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock. In the event the Company does not declare and pay a dividend in cash on any Series B Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid amount of the Preferred Dividend will be added to the Liquidation Preference. As of December 31, 2021, the Liquidation Value and Redemption Value of the Series B Preferred Shares was $78.6 million. The Company paid the following Series B Preferred Dividends during the year ended December 31, 2021 and accrued the following Preferred Dividends in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021: • • Third Quarter - paid $1.8 million preferred dividends in the form of cash. Fourth Quarter - accrued $1.8 million preferred dividends which was paid in the form of cash on January 3, 2022. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock On February 15, 2018, the Company issued to Silver Private Holdings I, LLC (“Silver”), an affiliate of Siris Capital Group, LLC (“Siris”) 185,000 shares of our newly issued Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Under the Series A Certificate, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock were entitled to receive, on each share of Series A Preferred Stock on a 43 Table of Contents quarterly basis, an amount equal to the dividend rate of 14.5% divided by four and multiplied by the then-applicable Liquidation Preference (as defined in the Series A Certificate) per share of Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Dividends”). The Preferred Dividends were due on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each, a “Series A Dividend Payment Date”). The Company may choose to pay the Preferred Dividends in cash or in additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Company paid the following Series A Preferred Dividends during the year ended December 31, 2021: • • First Quarter - paid 9,078 shares of preferred dividends in the form of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Second Quarter - paid 9,407 shares of preferred dividends in the form of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock The Company redeemed in full all of the 268,917 outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate redemption price of $278.7 million and all rights under the Investor Rights Agreement relating to the Series A Preferred Stock were terminated effective with the Redemption. No Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding or authorized as of December 31, 2021. For a discussion of our stockholder’s equity refer to Note 13. Capital Structure included in Part II, Item 8. “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth under the heading “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Stock Performance Graph The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2021, with the cumulative total return of (i) the Nasdaq Computer Index and (ii) the Nasdaq Composite Index, over the same period. This graph assumes the investment of $100 on December 31, 2016 in our common stock, the Nasdaq Computer Index and the Nasdaq Composite Index, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The graph assumes the initial value of our common stock on December 31, 2016 was the closing sales price of $38.30 per share. The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock. Information used in the graph was obtained from Nasdaq, a source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information. 44 Table of Contents Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Nasdaq Composite Index Nasdaq Computer Index December 31, 2016 December 31, 2017 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2020 December 31, 2021 $100 $100 $100 $23 $128 $139 $16 $123 $134 $12 $167 $201 $12 $239 $301 $6 $291 $415 45 Table of Contents ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial data included elsewhere in this Form 10‑K. The selected statements of operations and the selected balance sheet data are derived from our consolidated audited financial statements. Statements of Operations Data: Net revenues Loss from operations Net loss from operations Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests Net loss from operations attributable to Synchronoss Earnings (loss) per share: Basic Diluted Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic Diluted Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents Working capital Total assets Lease financing obligation - long-term Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs Redeemable noncontrolling interest Total stockholders’ equity $ $ $ $ 2021 2020 Year Ended December 31, 2019 (In thousands, except per share data) 2018 280,615 $ (19,017) (23,098) 156 (58,451) 291,670 $ (48,122) (10,358) (344) (48,683) 308,749 $ (107,788) (103,467) (1,126) (136,727) 325,839 $ (164,276) (245,280) 8,837 (262,036) (0.90) $ (0.90) $ (1.16) $ (1.16) $ (3.36) $ (3.36) $ (6.51) $ (6.51) $ 64,734 64,734 41,950 41,950 40,694 40,694 40,277 40,277 2017 402,361 (129,602) (194,224) 9,291 (184,933) (4.14) (4.14) 44,669 44,669 2021 2020 As of December 31, 2019 (In thousands) 2018 2017 31,504 $ 26,610 450,734 — 133,104 12,500 90,823 33,671 $ (3,753) 482,255 — — 12,500 43,282 39,012 $ (10,499) 532,023 — — 12,500 76,077 144,748 $ 50,690 703,255 9,494 — 12,500 188,909 249,236 178,493 965,411 11,183 227,704 25,280 463,587 46 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to provide a reader of our financial statements with a narrative from the perspective of our management on our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes to the consolidated financial statements. Impacts of COVID-19 Although COVID-19 has not significantly affected our results of operations, this disclosure discusses the actions the Company has taken in response to the COVID-19 crisis and the impacts that the situation has had on our business, as well as related known or expected trends. The continued impact of COVID-19 on the macroeconomy and our business will depend significantly on the effectiveness and distribution of the vaccine, the potential cyclicality and duration of the health crisis and the related public policy actions, market or regulatory needs or demands, the length and severity of the global economic slowdown, and whether and how our customers change their behaviors over the longer term. As a result, the demand for our products and services, as well as our overall results of operations, may be materially and adversely impacted by the pandemic for 2022 and beyond, and we are unable to predict the duration or degree of such impact with any certainty. In response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we continue to execute our business continuity plans and evolve our operations to protect the safety of our employees while continuing to provide critical products and services to our customers. Some of the key initiatives the Company continues to execute include: • • • • Working safely and effectively with new and existing customers to continue to provide our products and services through the pandemic. Continuing to enhance and modify our safety protocols for our employees. Adjusting business operations to address circumstances created by COVID-19. Maintaining effective governance and internal controls in a remote work environment. As the pandemic continues, we may revise our approach to these initiatives or take additional actions to meet the needs of our employees, customers and the Company and to continue to provide our products and services. Revenues We generate most of our revenues on a subscription or per transaction basis, which is derived from contracts that extend up to 60 months from execution. The future success of our business depends on the continued growth of Business-to-Business and Business-to-Business-to-Consumer driving customer transactions, and continued expansion of our platforms into the TMT market globally through Cloud, Messaging and Digital markets. As such, the volume of transactions and our ability to expand our footprint in TMT and globally may result in revenue fluctuations on a quarterly basis. Most of our revenues are recorded in U.S. dollars but as we continue to expand our footprint with international carriers, we will become subject to currency translation that could affect our future net sales as reported in U.S. dollars. The Company’s top five customers accounted for 68.2%, 68.0% and 69.2% of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Contracts with these customers typically run for three to five years. Of these customers, Verizon accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in 2021, 2020, and 2019. The loss of Verizon as a customer would have a material negative impact on our company. However, we believe that the costs incurred and subscriber disruption by Verizon to replace Synchronoss’ solutions would be substantial. Current Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to U.S. dollars, our reporting currency, as well as changes in interest rates. Volatile market conditions arising from the COVID-19 pandemic have and may continue to negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows, due to a weakening 47 Table of Contents of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, which may cause our revenues to decline relative to our costs. We are monitoring the developments relating to rising geopolitical tensions. Business from our Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ solution has been driven by the growth in mobile devices globally that are becoming content rich. As these devices replace other traditional devices like PCs, the ability to securely back up content from mobile devices, sync it with other devices and share it with family, friends and business associates have become an essential need and subscriber expectation. Such devices include smartphones, connected cars, personal health and wellness devices and connected home devices. The need for the contents from these devices to be stored in a common cloud is also expected to drive our business in the longer term. Business from our traditional Synchronoss Messaging business (Email) has been driven by a resurgence in the need for white label secure messaging platforms that favor the Mobile Network Operator’s (“MNO”) business objectives and are not beholden to the objectives of a sponsoring over-the-top (“OTT”) platform. We believe that messaging drives higher subscriber engagement than any other application in the market today and holds the potential to stimulate new revenue from traditional services and third-party brands. OTT global success has driven MNOs to look at opportunities to preempt and compete with the OTTs which provides a potential opportunity for Synchronoss’ future growth to be driven by the need of TMT companies including (and especially) MNOs to embrace Messaging as a Platform (“MaaP”). MaaP will allow TMT and MNOs to converse with subscribers in an efficient, automated way by streamlining the costs and increasing the effectiveness of self-care, as well as yielding cross-sell upselling of service plans, devices, bundles, etc. The Synchronoss Advanced Messaging Platform provides state of the art RCS-driven features including the ability to support advanced Peer to Peer communications and introduce new revenue streams driven by commerce and advertising via Application-to-Person capabilities. Companies in the TMT market all face the dilemma of attempting to pivot their businesses to digital execution in order to create experiences that meet the expectations of their subscribers, generate new revenue and streamline costs creating healthier margins at a faster time to market than they have ever operated before. Their challenges feature the lack of skill sets to conceptualize and run day to day digital operations and the lack of resources to integrate their legacy back end systems to enact digital experiences that achieve their business objectives. We expect the growth of Synchronoss Digital Platforms will be driven by the ability to provide TMT companies’ desire to obtain digital transformation solutions as quickly as possible while educating them on the ability to operate a digital business efficiently. Our Platform as a Service (“PaaS”) model provides a desirable alternative to heavy capital expenditure options often tried internally. The ability for our platforms to create low/no code, new customer digital journeys, virtually on the fly, gives TMT companies the ability to operate new experiences and businesses without heavily investing in development resources. To support our growth, which we expect to be driven by these favorable industry trends mentioned above, we plan to leverage modular components from our existing software platforms to build new products. We believe that these opportunities will continue to provide future benefits and position us for future revenue growth. We are also making investments in research and development of new products designed to enable us to grow rapidly in the mobile wireless market. Our purchase of capital assets and equipment may also increase based on aggressive deployment, subscriber growth and promotional offers for free or bundled storage by our major Tier 1 carrier customers. We continue to expand our platforms into the converging TMT, MNO, and Digital spaces to enable connected devices to do more things across multiple networks, brands and communities. Our initiatives with our customers continue to grow both with regard to our current business as well as our new product offerings. We are also exploring additional opportunities to support our customer, product and geographic diversification strategies. 48 Table of Contents Discussion of the Consolidated Statements of Operations The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands). Net revenues 1 Cost of revenues Research and development Selling, general and administrative Restructuring charges Depreciation and amortization Total costs and expenses Loss from operations ________________________________ Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 2021 vs 2020 $ Change 2020 vs 2019 $ Change $ $ 280,615 $ 109,050 64,337 84,991 5,189 36,065 299,632 (19,017) $ 291,670 $ 121,817 77,043 89,292 7,955 43,685 339,792 (48,122) $ 308,749 $ 150,407 75,568 112,771 755 77,036 416,537 (107,788) $ (11,055) $ (12,767) (12,706) (4,301) (2,766) (7,620) (40,160) 29,105 $ (17,079) (28,590) 1,475 (23,479) 7,200 (33,351) (76,745) 59,666 1 Cost of revenues excludes depreciation and amortization which are shown separately. Net revenues decreased $11.1 million to $280.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the same period in 2020. The overall change is due to: • is due to: • • • • • a $3.8 million increase in Cloud revenues is primarily due to increased subscriber growth and a non-recurring license sale in the fourth quarter, partially offset by a decrease in professional services revenue. a $1.6 million decrease in Digital revenues is primarily driven by a reduction in professional service and transaction business, partially offset by an uptick in subscription services. a $13.2 million decrease in Messaging revenues was primarily driven by non-recurring Advanced Messaging license and professional services revenue in the prior period. Net revenues decreased $17.1 million to $291.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. The overall change a $0.5 million decrease in Cloud revenues was primarily due to the extension of a significant commercial arrangement which extended recognition of deferred revenue across the term of the new contract, partially offset by increased subscriber growth and professional services revenue. a $2.3 million increase in Digital revenues was primarily driven by an uptick in subscription services partially offset by a reduction in professional service business. an $18.8 million decrease in Messaging revenues was primarily driven by a significant 2019 non-recurring license and professional services revenue deal in advanced messaging. This revenue change was partially offset by favorable license renewals in 2020. Cost of revenues decreased $12.8 million to $109.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the same period in 2020. The decrease in 2021 is primarily attributable to the year over year reduction in variable costs as a result of lower Messaging revenue, partially offset by a favorable shift toward a more profitable revenue mix and cost savings from strategic initiatives implemented throughout the year. Cost of revenues decreased $28.6 million to $121.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. The 2020 decrease was primarily attributable to the year over year reduction in revenue and the cost savings from strategic initiatives implemented in the year driven mainly by data center consolidation and operating expense savings. Research and development expense decreased $12.7 million to $64.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the same period in 2020. The decrease in 2021 is primarily attributable to the implementation of cost savings initiatives to streamline our workforce, increased investment in product development and capitalization of associated labor costs, and the prior year impairment costs. Research and development expense increased $1.5 million to $77.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. The increase in 2020 was primarily related to the costs associated with the impairment of the right of use assets. Excluding the impairment charges incurred in 2020, the research and development costs decreased year over year mainly as a result of executed cost savings initiatives to streamline our workforce and reduce vendor spend. 49 Table of Contents Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $4.3 million to $85.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the same period in 2020. Our selling, general and administrative expense excluding legal reserves and one-time impairment costs, decreased $15.3 million period over period as a result of the continued fixed cost savings initiatives executed in year which included headcount reductions, reduced vendor spending and lower facility costs. Selling, general and administrative expense decreased $23.5 million to $89.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. The 2020 decrease was primarily attributable to significant cost cutting initiatives executed in year which included headcount reductions, reduced vendor spending and lower facility costs offset by impairments to our right of use assets. Restructuring charges were $5.2 million, $8.0 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively. The 2021 and 2020 restructuring charges were primarily driven by our strategic cost savings initiatives to streamline our business operations and reduce headcount. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $7.6 million to $36.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the same period in 2020. The 2021 decrease was primarily attributable to the expiration of amortizable acquired assets and a reduction in capital expenditures. These changes were partially offset by the increased amortization of capitalized software. Depreciation and amortization expense decreased $33.4 million to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the same period in 2019. The 2020 decrease was primarily attributable to the expiration of amortizable acquired assets and a reduction in capital expenditures. These changes were partially offset by the increased amortization of capitalized software. Income tax. The Company recognized approximately $7.2 million in related income tax benefit and $27.1 million in related income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The effective tax rate was approximately 23.7% for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was higher than the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to the tax benefit attributable to the CARES Act provision allowing for a 5 year carryback of Net Operating Losses arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020. This tax benefit was partially offset in our effective tax rate by unfavorable permanent book-tax differences. The Company’s effective tax rate was approximately 72.4% for the year ended December 31, 2020, which higher than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the benefit of the CARES Act provision allowing for a 5 year carryback of Net Operating Losses arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020. Liquidity and Capital Resources As of December 31, 2021, our principal sources of liquidity have been cash provided by operations. Our cash and cash equivalents balance was $31.5 million at December 31, 2021. We anticipate that our principal uses of cash and cash equivalents will be to fund our business, including technology expansion and working capital. At December 31, 2021, our non-U.S. subsidiaries held approximately $7.5 million of cash and cash equivalents that are available for use by all of our operations around the world. At this time, we believe the funds held by all non-U.S. subsidiaries will be permanently reinvested outside of the U.S. However, if these funds were repatriated to the U.S. or used for U.S. operations, certain amounts could be subject to U.S. tax for the incremental amount in excess of the foreign tax paid. Due to the timing and circumstances of repatriation of these earnings, if any, it is not practical to determine the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the amount. We believe that our cash, cash equivalents, financing sources, and our ability to manage working capital and expected positive cash flows generated from operations in combination with continued expense reductions will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next twelve months from the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. However, as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the economy and our operations as well as geopolitical developments, we will continue to assess our liquidity needs. Given the economic uncertainty as a result of the pandemic, we have taken actions to improve our current liquidity position, including, reducing working capital, reducing operating costs and substantially reducing discretionary spending. Even with these actions however, an extended period of economic disruption as a result of COVID-19 could materially affect our business, results of operations, ability to meet debt covenants, access to sources of liquidity and financial condition. Our liquidity plans are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those described in the "Forward-Looking Statements" section of this MD&A and Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors”, some of which are outside of our control. 50 Table of Contents Offering of 2021 Senior Notes due 2026 On June 30, 2021, the Company closed its underwritten public offering of $120.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.375% senior notes due 2026 at a par value of $25.00 per senior note (the “Senior Notes”). The offering was conducted pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “Notes Underwriting Agreement”) dated June 25, 2021, by and among the Company and B. Riley Securities, Inc., as representative of the several underwriters (the “Notes Underwriters”). At the closing, the Company issued $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes, inclusive of $5.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes issued pursuant to the full exercise of the Notes Underwriters’ option to purchase additional Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness of the Company’s subsidiaries, including trade payables. The Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 8.375% per annum. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable quarterly in arrears on January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31 of each year, commencing on July 31, 2021. The Senior Notes will mature on June 30, 2026, unless redeemed prior to maturity. The Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, redeem the Senior Notes for cash in whole or in part (i) on or after June 30, 2022 and prior to June 30, 2023, at a price equal to $25.75 per Senior Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, (ii) on or after June 30, 2023 and prior to June 30, 2024, at a price equal to $25.50 per Senior Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, (iii) on or after June 30, 2024 and prior to June 30, 2025, at a price equal to $25.25 per Senior Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, and (iv) on or after June 30, 2025 and prior to maturity, at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption. On and after any redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the redeemed Senior Notes. On October 25, 2021, the Company entered into an At Market Issuance Sales Agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) between the Company and B. Riley Securities, Inc. (the “Agent”), a related party, pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time, up to $18.0 million of the Company’s 8.375% Senior Notes due 2026. Sales of the additional Senior Notes pursuant to the Sales Agreement, if any, may be made in transactions that are deemed to be “at the market offerings” as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Under the Sales Agreement, the Agent will be entitled to compensation of 2.0% of the gross proceeds of all notes sold through it as the Company’s agent. During the fourth quarter, the Company sold $16.1 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes under the Sales Agreement. The additional Senior Notes sold have terms identical to the initial Senior Notes and are be fungible and vote together with the initial Senior Notes immediately upon issuance. The Senior Notes and initial Senior Notes are listed and trade on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SNCRL.” The total fair value of the outstanding Senior Notes was $134.1 million as of December 31, 2021. The Company is in compliance with its debt covenants as of December 31, 2021. For further details, see Note 11. Debt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 2014 Convertible Senior Notes due 2019 The Company paid off the remaining carrying amount of the convertible senior notes on August 15, 2019. For further details, see Note 11. Debt of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 2019 Revolving Credit Facility On October 4, 2019, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Citizens Bank, N.A., for a $10.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (1) the arithmetic average of the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period (one, three or six months (or 12 months if agreed to by all applicable Lenders)) as selected by the Company relevant to such borrowing plus the applicable margin, or (2) a base rate determined by reference to the greatest of the 51 Table of Contents federal funds rate plus 0.5%, the prime commercial lending rate as determined by the Agent, and the daily LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, in each case plus an applicable margin and subject to a floor of 0.0%. On June 30, 2021, the Company paid off the outstanding balance and closed the Revolving Credit Facility. Series B Non-Convertible Preferred Stock On June 30, 2021, the Company closed a private placement of 75,000 shares of its Series B Perpetual Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with an initial liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), for net proceeds of $72.8 million (the “Series B Transaction”). The sale of the Series B Preferred Stock was pursuant to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2021 (the “Series B Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and B. Riley Principal Investments, LLC (“BRPI”). In connection with the closing of the Series B Transaction, the Company (i) filed a Certificate of Designation with the State of Delaware setting forth the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions and limitations on the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Certificate”) and (ii) entered into an Investor Rights Agreement with B. Riley Financial, Inc. (“B. Riley Financial”) and BRPI setting forth certain governance and registration rights of B. Riley Financial with respect to the Company. Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Stock The rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions and limitations of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are set forth in the Series B Certificate. Under the Series B Certificate, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, on each share of Series B Preferred Stock on a quarterly basis, an amount equal to the dividend rate, as described in the following sentence, divided by four and multiplied by the then-applicable Liquidation Preference per share of Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Dividends”). The dividend rate is (1) 9.5% per annum for the period commencing on June 30, 2021 and ending on and including December 31, 2021, (2) 13% per annum for the year commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including December 31, 2022; and (3) 14% per annum for the year commencing on January 1, 2023 and thereafter. The Preferred Dividends will be due in cash on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each, a “Series B Dividend Payment Date”). The Company may choose to pay the Series B Preferred Dividends in cash or in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock. In the event the Company does not declare and pay a dividend in cash on any Series B Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid amount of the Preferred Dividend will be added to the Liquidation Preference. As of December 31, 2021, the Liquidation Value and Redemption Value of the Series B Preferred Shares was $78.6 million. On and after the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance, holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will have the right to cause the Company to redeem each share of Series B Preferred Stock for cash in an amount equal to the sum of the current liquidation preference and any accrued dividends. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock will also be redeemable at the option of the holder upon the occurrence of a “Fundamental Change” at (i) par in the case of a payment in cash or (ii) 1.5 times par in the case of payment in shares of Common Stock (such shares being, “Registrable Securities”), subject to certain limitations on the amount of stock that could be issued to the holders of Series B Stock. In addition, the Company will be permitted to redeem outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock at any time for the sum of the then-applicable Liquidation Preference and the accrued but unpaid dividends. Pursuant to the Series B Certificate, the Company will be required to use (i) the first $50.0 million of proceeds from certain transactions (i.e., disposition, sale of assets, tax refunds) received by the Company to redeem for cash, shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, on a pro rata basis among each holder of Series B Preferred Stock and (ii) the next $25.0 million of proceeds from certain transactions received by the Company may be used by the Company to buy back shares of Common Stock and to the extent, not used for such purpose by the Company, to redeem, for cash, shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, on a pro rata basis among each holder of the Series B Preferred Stock. The Company shall be required to obtain the prior written consent of the holders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock before taking certain actions, including: (i) certain dividends, repayments and redemptions; (ii) any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation that adversely affects the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock; and (iii) issuances of stock ranking senior or equivalent to shares of the Series B Preferred Stock (including additional shares of the Series B Preferred Stock) in the priority of payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Other than with respect to the foregoing consent rights, the Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting stock. Investor Rights Agreement On June 30, 2021, the Company, B. Riley Financial and BRPI entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, for so long as affiliates of B. Riley Financial beneficially own 52 Table of Contents at least 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (unless such equity threshold percentage is not met due to dilution from equity issuances), B. Riley Financial is entitled to nominate one Class II director (the “B. Riley Nominee”) to the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), who shall be an employee of B. Riley Financial or its affiliates and is approved by the Board, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. For so long as affiliates of B. Riley Financial beneficially own 5% or more but less than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (unless such equity threshold percentage is not met due to dilution from equity issuances), B. Riley Financial is entitled to certain board observer rights. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock In accordance with the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement dated as of October 17, 2017 (the “PIPE Purchase Agreement”), with Silver Private Holdings I, LLC, an affiliate of Siris (“Silver”), on February 15, 2018, the Company issued to Silver 185,000 shares of its newly issued Series A Convertible Participating Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), par value $0.0001 per share, with an initial liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, in exchange for $97.7 million in cash and the transfer from Silver to the Company of the 5,994,667 shares of the Company’s common stock held by Silver (the “Preferred Transaction”). In connection with the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, we (i) filed the Series A Certificate and (ii) entered into an Investor Rights Agreement with Silver setting forth certain registration, governance and preemptive rights of Silver with respect to us (the “Investor Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the PIPE Purchase Agreement, at the closing, we paid to Siris $5.0 million as a reimbursement of Silver’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Preferred Transaction. Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock The net proceeds from the common stock public offering, Senior Note offering and the Series B Transaction were used in part to fully redeem all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock on June 30, 2021 (the “Redemption”). The Company redeemed in full all of the 268,917 outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate Redemption Price of $278.7 million and all rights under the Investor Rights Agreement relating to the Series A Preferred Stock were terminated effective with the Redemption. No Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding or authorized as of December 31, 2021. Discussion of Cash Flows A summary of net cash flows follows (in thousands): Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 Change 2021 vs 2020 Change 2020 vs 2019 Net cash provided by (used in): Operating activities Investing activities Financing activities $ $ $ 4,945 $ (23,943) $ 16,188 $ (564) $ (14,339) $ 9,991 $ 32,583 $ 19,377 $ (121,257) $ 5,509 $ (9,604) $ 6,197 $ (33,147) (33,716) 131,248 Our primary source of cash is receipts from revenue. The primary uses of cash are personnel and related costs, telecommunications and facility costs related primarily to our cost of revenue and general operating expenses including professional service fees, consulting fees, building and equipment maintenance and marketing expense. Cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was a $4.9 million of cash provided by operating activities, as compared to $0.6 million of cash used by operating activities for the same period in 2020. The increase of cash provided by operating activities of $5.5 million was primarily due to positive operating results partially offset by the continued run-off of the deferred revenue balance, which is in line with our business as our customers shift away from larger prepayments of services. Cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was a $0.6 million of cash used by operating activities, as compared to $32.6 million of cash provided by operating activities for the same period in 2019. The decrease of cash used by operating activities of $33.1 million was primarily due to favorable changes in cash earnings of $21.4 million offset by an unfavorable change in working capital of $70.2 million. The main driver of the unfavorable movement in working capital was the continued run-off of the deferred revenue balance which is in line with our business as our customers shift away from larger prepayments of services. 53 Table of Contents Cash flows from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $23.9 million of cash used by investing activities, as compared to $14.3 million in cash used by investing activities during the same period in 2020. The change in cash used for investing activities in the current year was primarily related to increased investment in product development for our Cloud offering and capitalization of associated labor costs. Cash flows from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $14.3 million of cash used by investing activities, as compared to $19.4 million in cash provided by investing activities during the same period in 2019. The cash used for investing in 2020 was primarily related to the $16.7 million investment in capitalized software offset by the sale of certain IP address assets. The net decrease in cash from investing activities from 2019 mainly related to the net proceeds from the purchases and sales of marketable securities in 2019 that were not present in 2020. Cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $16.2 million of cash provided by financing activities, as compared to $10.0 million of cash provided for the same period in 2020. In 2021, the net proceeds from our public offering of common stock, Senior Note offering and Series B Transaction was primarily used to fully redeem all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and repay and close the Revolving Credit Facility on June 30, 2021. The remaining increase in cash provided from financing activities is primarily attributable to the $16.1 million of additional Senior Notes sold in the fourth quarter of 2021 pursuant to the Sales Agreement. Cash flows from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $10.0 million of cash provided, as compared to $121.3 million of cash used by financing activities for the same period in 2019. The cash provided from financing activities was attributable to the $10.0 million drawdown from our Revolving Credit Facility. The net change in cash provided from financing activities from the prior year was primarily attributable to the cash provided from the Revolving Credit Facility offset by repayments for our Convertible Senior Notes in 2019. Effect of Inflation While inflationary increases in certain input costs, such as occupancy, labor and benefits, and general and administrative costs, have an impact on our operating results, inflation has had minimal net effect on our results of operations during 2021, 2020 and 2019. We cannot assure you, however, that we will not be affected by general inflation in the future. Contractual Obligations Our contractual obligations consist of office and laptop leases, notes payable and related interest as well as contractual commitments under third-party hosting, software licenses and maintenance agreements. The following table summarizes our long‑term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands). Finance lease obligations Interest Operating lease obligations 1 Purchase obligations Senior Note Payable Total ________________________________ Total 2022 Payments Due by Period 2023-2025 2026-2027 Thereafter $ $ 925 $ 56,122 54,029 65,316 141,077 317,469 $ 350 $ 11,815 10,558 26,028 — 48,751 $ 556 $ 35,446 24,968 39,288 — 100,258 $ 19 $ 8,861 14,226 — 141,077 164,183 $ — — 4,277 — — 4,277 Amount represents obligations associated with colocation agreements and other customer delivery related purchase obligations. 1 Uncertain Tax Positions Unrecognized tax positions are $4.5 million at December 31, 2021. We are not able to reasonably estimate when we would make any cash payments required to settle these liabilities, but we do not believe that the ultimate settlement of our obligations will materially affect our liquidity. We do not expect that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease over the next twelve months. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial 54 Table of Contents statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during a fiscal period. We have discussed the selection and development of the critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee, and the Audit Committee has reviewed our related disclosures in this Form 10-K. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are appropriate, correct and reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from those estimates. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See Part I, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K for certain matters bearing risks on our future results of operations. We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are important to the portrayal of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain. Significant accounting policies that we employ are presented in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. There were no significant changes in our critical accounting policies and estimates discussed in our Form 10-K during the year ended December 31, 2021. Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue The Company generates revenue from the delivery of a range of products, solutions and services for operators, enterprises, OEMs and technology providers. We offer services principally on a Transactional or Subscription basis (SaaS) or in the form of Professional Services or Software Licenses. Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services are transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The Company generates all of its revenue from contracts with customers. Subscription and Transaction revenues consist of revenues derived from the processing of transactions through the Company’s service platforms, providing enterprise portal management services on a subscription basis and maintenance agreements on software licenses. The Company generates revenue from Subscription services from monthly active user fees, software as a service (“SaaS”) fees, hosting and storage fees, and fees for the related maintenance support for those services. In most cases, the subscription or transaction arrangement is a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). The Company applies a measure of progress (typically time-based) to any fixed consideration and allocates variable consideration to the distinct periods of service based on usage, under Topic 606 Section 10-25-14(b). When the Company does not allocate variable consideration to distinct periods of service, the total estimated transaction price is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, where the level of service provided to the customer does not vary significantly from one period to another. Transaction service arrangements include services such as processing equipment orders, new account setup and activation, number port requests, credit checks and inventory management. Transaction revenues are principally based on a contractual price per transaction and are recognized based on the number of transactions processed during each reporting period. Revenues are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed at the applicable price established in the relevant contract. Many of the Company’s contracts guarantee minimum volume transactions from the customer. In these instances, if the customer’s total estimated transaction volume for the period is expected to be less than the contractual amount, the Company records revenues at the minimum guaranteed amount on a straight line based over the period covered by the minimum. Setup fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred until set up activities are completed and recognized on a straight‑line basis over remaining expected customer relationship period. Revenues are presented net of discounts, which are volume level driven. In accordance with Topic 606 Section 10-50-20, any credits due to customers, which are generally performance driven and based upon system availability or response times to incidents, are determined and accounted for in the period in which the services are provided. The Company recognizes revenues from support and maintenance performance obligations over the service delivery period. The Company’s software licenses typically provide for a perpetual or term right to use the Company’s software. The Company has concluded that in most cases its software license is distinct as the customer can benefit from the software on its own. Software revenue is typically recognized when the software is delivered to the customer. Contracts that include software customization or specified upgrades may result in the combination of the customization services with the software license as 55 Table of Contents one performance obligation. The Company does not have a history of returns, or refunds of its software licenses, however, in limited instances, the Company may constrain consideration to high-risk customers, until collection is resolved. The Company’s professional services include software development and customization. The contracts generally include project deliverables specified by each customer. The performance obligations in the agreements are generally combined into one deliverable and generally result in the transfer of control over time. The underlying deliverable is owned and controlled by the customer and does not create an asset with an alternative use to us. The Company recognizes revenue on fixed fee contracts on the proportion of labor hours expended to the total hours expected to complete the contract performance obligation. Most of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations which generally include either 1) a perpetual software license with support and maintenance and sometimes a hosting agreement or 2) a term SaaS agreement, frequently sold along with professional services. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual goods and services separately if they are distinct performance obligations. This often requires significant judgment based upon knowledge of the products, the solution provided and the structure of the sales contract. In SaaS agreements, the Company provides a service to the customer which combines the software functionality, maintenance and hosting into a single performance obligation when the customer doesn’t have the ability to take possession of the underlying software license. The Company may also sell the same three goods and services in a contract, but there may be three performance obligations, where the customer has the right to take possession of the software license without significant penalty. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. The Company estimates standalone selling prices of software based on observable inputs of past transactions to similarly situated customers. When such observable data is not available for certain software licenses because there is a limited number of transactions or prices are highly variable, the Company will estimate the standalone selling price using the residual approach. Standalone selling prices of services are typically determined based on observable transactions when these services are sold on a standalone basis to similarly situated customers or estimated using a cost-plus margin approach. Estimating the transaction price of variable consideration including the variable quantity subscription or transaction contracts in a multiple performance obligation arrangement requires significant judgment. The Company generally estimates this variable consideration at the most likely amount to which the Company expects to be entitled and in certain cases based on the expected value. The Company includes estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. The Company’s estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of the Company’s anticipated performance and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available to us. The Company reviews and updates these estimates on a quarterly basis. Income Taxes In March 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including temporary changes regarding the prior and future utilization of net operating losses. The CARES Act amends the Net Operating Loss provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), allowing for the carryback of losses arising in tax years 2018, 2019 and 2020, to each of the five taxable years preceding the taxable year of loss. Since the Company conducts operations on a global basis, its effective tax rate has and will depend upon the geographic distribution of pre-tax earnings among locations with varying tax rates. the Company accounts for the effects of income taxes that result from its activities during the current and preceding years. Under this method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets are based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse or be utilized. The realization of deferred tax assets is contingent upon the generation of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover the Company’s deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considered all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable income, the Company begins with historical results and incorporate assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax- 56 Table of Contents planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company is using to manage the underlying businesses. The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured by determining the amount that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon the settlement of the position. Components of the reserve are classified as current or a long-term liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets based on when the Company expects each of the items to be settled. The Company recorded interest and penalties accrued in relation to uncertain tax benefits as a component of interest expense. While the Company believes it has have identified all reasonably identifiable exposures and that the reserve it has established for identifiable exposures is appropriate under the circumstances, it is possible that additional exposures exist and that exposures may be settled at amounts different than the amounts reserved. It is also possible that changes in facts and circumstances could cause the Company to either materially increase or reduce the carrying amount of our tax reserves. In general, tax returns for the year 2017 and thereafter are subject to future examination by tax authorities. Additionally, to the extent the Company utilizes our NOL carryforwards in the future, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the tax authorities in the future period when the attribute is utilized. The Company’s policy has been to leave its cumulative unremitted foreign earnings invested indefinitely outside the United States, and the Company intends to continue this policy. Although distributions to the U.S. are generally not subject to U.S. federal taxes, the Company continues to assert permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings. Due to the timing and circumstances of repatriation of such earnings, if any, it is not practicable to determine the unrecognized deferred tax liability relating to such amounts. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired, including other definite-life intangible assets. Our policy is to perform an impairment test of goodwill at least annually, and more frequently if events or circumstances occurred that would indicate a reduced fair value in our reporting units could exist. Typically, we perform a qualitative assessment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. As part of this qualitative assessment, we perform a quantitative assessment where necessary in substantiating our qualitative assessment. During our qualitative assessment we make significant estimates, assumptions, and judgments, around the financial performance of the Company, changes in our share price, and forecasts of earnings, working capital requirements, and cash flows. We consider each reporting unit's historical results and operating trends as well as any strategic difference from our historical results when determining these assumptions. If we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. Fair value estimates used in the quantitative impairment test are calculated using a combination of the income and market approaches. The income approach is based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit, while the market approach is based on certain multiples of selected guideline public companies or selected guideline transactions. The approaches incorporate a number of market participant assumptions including future growth rates, discount rates, income tax rates and market activity in assessing fair value and are reporting unit specific. If the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, we recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. The fair value measurement associated with the quantitative goodwill impairment test is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Significant changes in the underlying assumptions used to value goodwill could significantly increase or decrease the fair value estimates used for impairment assessments. For our 2021 impairment tests, the Company identified one reporting unit, Core. The Company performed a quantitative impairment assessment, as of October 1, 2021, for the Core reporting unit. The amounts below represent the results of our quantitative assessment. We use the average of our fair values for purposes of our comparison between carrying value and fair value for the quantitative impairment test. The table below depicts the methods employed, assumptions used and percentage fair value in excess of carrying value. 57 Table of Contents Reporting Unit Discount Rate Growth rate range Terminal Growth Rate Core 13.0% 0.6% - 11.0% 2.0% Goodwill $226,840 Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value by 57.1% Fair Value method Income Approach, Market Approach 2021 Impairment Test The 2021 fair value of the reporting unit was estimated using a combination of the income approach, which incorporates the use of the discounted cash flow method, and the market approach, which incorporates the use of earnings and revenue multiples based on market data. We generally applied an equal weighting to the income and market approaches for our analysis when both are applied. For the income approach, we used projections, which require the use of significant estimates and assumptions specific to the reporting unit as well as those based on general economic conditions. Factors specific to each reporting unit include revenue and cost growth, profit margins, terminal value growth rates, capital expenditures projections, assumed tax rates, discount rates and other assumptions deemed reasonable by management. For the market approach, we used judgment in identifying the relevant comparable-company market multiples. These estimates and assumptions may vary between each reporting unit depending on the facts and circumstances specific to that unit. If sufficient comparable data is not present, the market approach will not be employed. The discount rate for each reporting unit is influenced by general market conditions as well as factors specific to the reporting unit. Factors influencing the revenue growth rates include the nature of the services the reporting unit provides for its clients, the maturity of the reporting unit and any known concentrated customer contract renewals. We believe that the estimates and assumptions we made are reasonable, but they are susceptible to change from period to period. Actual results of operations, cash flows and other factors will likely differ from the estimates used in our valuation, and it is possible that differences and changes could be material. A deterioration in profitability, adverse market conditions, significant client losses, changes in spending levels of our existing clients or a different economic outlook than currently estimated by management could have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of our reporting units and could result in an impairment charge in the future. Capitalized Software Development Costs Software development costs are accounted for in accordance with either ASC 985-20, “Software - Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed,” or ASC 350-40, “Internal-Use Software.” Costs associated with the planning and designing phase of software development are classified as research and development costs and are expensed as incurred. The amounts capitalized include external direct costs of services used in developing internal- use software and employee compensation and related expenses of personnel directly associated with the development activities. Once technological feasibility has been determined, a portion of the costs incurred in development, including coding, testing and quality assurance, are capitalized until available for general release to clients. Amortization is calculated on a solution-by-solution basis and is recognized over the estimated economic life of the software, typically ranging two to three years. Amortization begins when the software is substantially completed for its intended use. Costs incurred during the preliminary and post-implementation stages are expensed as incurred. The amounts capitalized include external direct costs of services used in developing internal-use software, employee compensation and related expenses of personnel directly associated with the development activities. Software development costs are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Unrecoverable costs are reviewed annually and recognized in the period they become unrecoverable, as needed, and are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as depreciation and amortization expense. Recently Issued Accounting Standards For a discussion of recently issued accounting standards see Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 58 Table of Contents Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Market Risk The following discussion about market risk disclosures involves forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We deposit our excess cash in what we believe are high-quality financial instruments, primarily money market funds and certificates of deposit and, we may be exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates. We do not actively manage the risk of interest rate fluctuations on our marketable securities; however, such risk is mitigated by the relatively short-term nature of these investments. These investments are denominated in United States dollars. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations, while at the same time maximizing the income, we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and short- and long-term investments in a variety of securities, which could include commercial paper, money market funds and corporate and government debt securities. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were invested in liquid money market accounts, certificates of deposit and government securities. All market-risk sensitive instruments were entered into for non-trading purposes. Foreign Currency Exchange Risk We are exposed to translation risk because certain of our foreign operations utilize the local currency as their functional currency and those financial results must be translated into U.S. dollars. As currency exchange rates fluctuate, translation of the financial statements of foreign businesses into U.S. dollars affects the comparability of financial results between years. We do not hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in any hedging activities. Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, we may conduct business and incur costs in the local currencies of other countries in which we may operate, make sales and buy materials and services. As a result, we are subject to foreign currency transaction risk. Further, changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could affect our future net sales, cost of sales and expenses and could result in foreign currency transaction gains or losses. We cannot accurately predict future exchange rates or the overall impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our business, results of operations and financial condition. To the extent that our international activities recorded in local currencies increase in the future, our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates will correspondingly increase and hedging activities may be considered if appropriate. Interest Rate Risk We are exposed to the risk of interest rate fluctuations on the interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents. A hypothetical 100 basis point movement in interest rates applicable to our cash and cash equivalents outstanding at December 31, 2021 would increase interest income by approximately $0.3 million on an annual basis. 59 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 42) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 60 Page No. 61 63 64 65 66 67 69 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.: Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 15, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Description of the Matter New and Modified Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations - Identifying contracts, performance obligations and stand-alone selling price As discussed in Note 3. Revenue of the financial statements, the Company recognized $281 million in revenue across all service lines. The Company’s revenue agreements frequently contain multiple performance obligations, and judgment is required to determine which performance obligations are distinct and accounted for separately. These agreements may also contain variable consideration in the form of tiered pricing, contractual minimums or discounts. Judgment is also required to estimate the total contract consideration and to allocate the consideration to each distinct performance obligation. Additionally, the Company may enter into multiple agreements with the same customer, which may affect the identification of the contract, the performance obligations and the allocation of total contract consideration. Auditing the Company’s new or modified revenue arrangements that included multiple performance obligations was complex and involved a high degree of judgment related to management’s identification of performance obligations and its estimate and allocation of contract consideration. 61 Table of Contents How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of internal controls related to the Company’s process for identifying and assessing new or modified revenue arrangements that included multiple performance obligations as well as recognizing the related revenue, including controls over management’s review of the significant judgments and estimates used in the identification of the contract, distinct performance obligations and the estimation and allocation of amounts to each performance obligation. Our audit procedures also included, among others, reading a sample of customer contracts and evaluating management’s identification of the contract and the distinct performance obligations based on the terms of the arrangements and the Company’s accounting policies. To test the calculation of the amount of consideration allocated to each distinct performance obligation, we performed procedures to evaluate management’s judgments related to the allocation of consideration to each distinct performance obligation and performed sensitivity analyses to evaluate how these assumptions affect the amount of revenue recognized. We have also evaluated the adequacy of the Company’s disclosures included in Note 3 Revenue. Description of the Matter Goodwill At December 31, 2021, the Company's goodwill balance was $224.6 million. As discussed in Note 8. Goodwill and Intangibles of the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually on October 1 at the reporting unit level. Auditing the Company's goodwill impairment test was complex due to the significant judgment required in determining the fair value of the reporting unit. In particular, the fair value estimate was sensitive to significant assumptions that require judgment, including revenue growth rates, free cash flow and operating expenses as a percentage of revenue that affect the amount and timing of future cash flows, long-term growth rates, and the weighted average cost of capital ("discount rate"), which are affected by factors such as general market conditions and recent operating performance. How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company's goodwill impairment review process. For example, we tested controls over management's review of the valuation model and the significant assumptions, discussed above used to develop the prospective financial information. We also tested management's controls to validate the data used in the valuation was complete and accurate. To test the estimated fair value of the Company's reporting unit, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing the reasonableness of the methodologies used. We also compared the significant assumptions used by management to develop the prospective financial information to current industry and economic trends, analyst expectations, changes to the Company's business model, customer base or product mix and other relevant information. We assessed the historical accuracy of management's projections of future earnings by comparing the actual results to prior forecasts, and we performed analyses of significant assumptions to assess the impact of changes in the assumptions on the calculation of fair value. Further, we evaluated the revenue growth rates, free cash flow, operating expenses as a percentage of revenue and long-term growth rates in comparison to the Company’s peers. We also involved our valuation specialists to assist with our evaluation of the methodology used by the Company and significant assumptions included in the fair value estimates. We have also evaluated the adequacy of the Company’s disclosures included in Note 8. Goodwill and Intangibles. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2001. Iselin, New Jersey March 15, 2022 62 SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except per share data) ASSETS December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020 Table of Contents Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net Prepaid & other current assets Total current assets Non-current assets: Property and equipment, net Operating lease right-of-use assets Goodwill Intangible assets, net Loan receivable Deferred tax assets Other assets, non-current LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Total non-current assets Total assets Current liabilities: Accounts payable Accrued expenses Deferred revenues, current Debt, current Total current liabilities Long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs Deferred tax liabilities Deferred revenues, non-current Leases, non-current Other non-current liabilities Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies: Series A Convertible Participating Perpetual Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 0 and 10,000 shares authorized, 0 and 250 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively Series B Non-Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 150 and 0 shares authorized, 75 and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively Redeemable noncontrolling interest Stockholders’ equity: Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 88,305 and 51,177 shares issued; 88,305 and 44,015 outstanding at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively Treasury stock, at cost (0 and 7,162 shares at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively) Additional paid-in capital Accumulated other comprehensive loss Accumulated deficit Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 63 $ $ $ $ 31,504 $ 47,586 42,901 121,991 6,979 26,399 224,577 60,335 4,834 — 5,619 328,743 450,734 $ 11,097 $ 61,916 22,368 — 95,381 133,104 560 548 36,095 9,218 274,906 — 72,505 12,500 9 — 492,512 (32,985) (368,713) 90,823 450,734 $ 33,671 47,849 39,847 121,367 11,732 34,538 232,771 69,593 4,834 — 7,420 360,888 482,255 12,749 69,326 33,045 10,000 125,120 — 1,875 12,569 44,273 4,995 188,832 237,641 — 12,500 5 (82,087) 499,348 (28,213) (345,771) 43,282 482,255 Table of Contents Net revenues Costs and expenses: 1 Cost of revenues Research and development Selling, general and administrative Restructuring charges Depreciation and amortization Total costs and expenses Loss from operations Interest income Interest expense Gain on extinguishment of debt Other income (expense) Equity method investment loss Loss from operations, before taxes Benefit (provision) for income taxes Net loss SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (In thousands, except per share data) Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ 280,615 $ 291,670 $ 308,749 109,050 64,337 84,991 5,189 36,065 299,632 (19,017) 39 (6,420) — (4,877) — (30,275) 7,177 (23,098) 156 (35,509) (58,451) (0.90) (0.90) 64,734 64,734 $ $ $ 121,817 77,043 89,292 7,955 43,685 339,792 (48,122) 1,597 (476) — 9,535 — (37,466) 27,108 (10,358) (344) (37,981) (48,683) (1.16) (1.16) 41,950 41,950 $ $ $ 150,407 75,568 112,771 755 77,036 416,537 (107,788) 1,258 (1,355) 822 7,389 (1,619) (101,293) (2,174) (103,467) (1,126) (32,134) (136,727) (3.36) (3.36) 40,694 40,694 Net income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests Preferred stock dividend Net loss attributable to Synchronoss Earnings (loss) per share: Basic Diluted Weighted-average common shares outstanding: Basic Diluted ________________________________ 1 Cost of revenues excludes depreciation and amortization which are shown separately. $ $ $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 64 Table of Contents SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME (In thousands) Net loss Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax Foreign currency translation adjustments Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities Net (loss) income on inter-company foreign currency transactions Total other comprehensive (loss) income Comprehensive loss Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests Comprehensive loss attributable to Synchronoss $ See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 65 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ (23,098) $ (10,358) $ (103,467) (3,274) — (1,498) (4,772) (27,870) 156 (27,714) $ 2,128 751 2,169 5,048 (5,310) (344) (5,654) $ (1,768) (710) (400) (2,878) (106,345) (1,126) (107,471) Table of Contents SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (In thousands) Balance at December 31, 2018 Stock based compensation Issuance of restricted stock Preferred stock dividends accrued Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs Issuance of common stock on exercise of options Shares withheld for taxes in connection with issuance of restricted stock Adoption of new lease accounting standard Net loss attributable to Synchronoss Non-controlling interest Total other comprehensive income (loss) Other Balance at December 31, 2019 Balance at December 31, 2019 Stock based compensation Issuance of restricted stock Preferred stock dividends accrued Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs Shares withheld for taxes in connection with issuance of restricted stock Net income attributable to Synchronoss Non-controlling interest Total other comprehensive income (loss) Adoption of new credit loss accounting standard Balance at December 31, 2020 Balance at December 31, 2020 Stock based compensation Issuance of restricted stock Preferred stock dividend Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs Common stock issuance - Public Offering Treasury shares used in Public Offering Common Stock - Issuance Costs Net income (loss) attributable to Synchronoss Non-controlling interest Total other comprehensive income (loss) Balance at December 31, 2021 Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Accumulative Other Total Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid-In Capital Comprehensive Income (Loss) Accumulated deficit Stockholders' Equity 49,836 $ — 1,863 — — 7 (2) — — — — — 51,704 $ 5 — — — — — — — — — — — 5 (7,162) $ (82,087) $ 534,673 $ (30,383) $ (233,299) $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 22,050 — (29,877) (2,257) 39 (15) — — 1,126 — — — — — — — — — — (2,878) — — — — — — 3,574 (104,593) — — (1) (7,162) $ (82,087) $ 525,739 $ (33,261) $ (334,319) $ 188,909 22,050 — (29,877) (2,257) 39 (15) 3,574 (104,593) 1,126 (2,878) (1) 76,077 Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Accumulative Other Total Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid-In Capital Comprehensive Income (Loss) Accumulated deficit Stockholders' Equity 51,704 $ — (525) — — (2) — — — — 51,177 $ 5 — — — — — — — — — 5 (7,162) $ (82,087) $ 525,739 $ (33,261) $ (334,319) $ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 11,246 — (34,451) (3,530) — — 344 — — — — — — — — 5,048 — — — — — (10,358) (344) — (750) (7,162) $ (82,087) $ 499,348 $ (28,213) $ (345,771) $ 76,077 11,246 — (34,451) (3,530) — (10,358) — 5,048 (750) 43,282 Common Stock Treasury Stock Additional Accumulative Other Total Shares Amount Shares Amount Paid-In Capital Comprehensive Income (Loss) Accumulated deficit Stockholders' Equity $ 51,177 — 1,982 — — 42,308 (7,162) — — — — 88,305 $ 5 — — — — 4 — — — — — 9 $ (7,162) — (82,087) — $ 499,348 9,259 $ (28,213) — $ (345,771) — $ — — — — 7,162 — — — — — $ — — — — 82,087 — — — — — 1 (22,718) (12,791) 109,996 (82,087) (8,340) — (156) — — — — — — — — — (4,772) — — — — — — (23,098) 156 — $ 492,512 $ (32,985) $ (368,713) $ 43,282 9,259 1 (22,718) (12,791) 110,000 — (8,340) (23,098) — (4,772) 90,823 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 66 Table of Contents SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands) Operating activities: Net loss continuing operations Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ (23,098) $ (10,358) $ (103,467) Depreciation and amortization Impairment of long-lived assets and capitalized software Change in fair value of financial instruments Amortization of debt issuance costs Gain on extinguishment of debt Loss from Equity method investments Loss on Disposals of fixed assets Gain on Disposals of intangible assets Amortization of bond discount (premium) Deferred income taxes Stock-based compensation Cumulative adjustment to STI receivable Operating lease impairment, net Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable, net Prepaid expenses and other current assets Accounts payable Accrued expenses Other assets Deferred revenues Other liabilities Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Investing activities: Purchases of fixed assets Additions to capitalized software Acquisition of intangible assets Proceeds from the sale of intangibles Purchases of marketable securities available for sale Maturity of marketable securities available for sale Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Financing activities: Share-based compensation-related proceeds, net of taxes paid on withholding shares Taxes paid on withholding shares Debt issuance costs related to long term debt Proceeds from issuance of long term debt Retirement of Convertible Senior Notes & related costs Borrowings on revolving line of credit 67 34,760 1,305 — 624 — — 263 (550) 9 463 9,343 — 1,353 (748) (4,394) (2,031) 3,468 — (21,972) 6,150 4,945 (1,521) (22,972) — 550 — — (23,943) (1) (1) (8,606) 141,077 — — 42,672 1,013 — — — — 12 (3,477) — (911) 11,137 — 5,350 11,703 (1,641) (7,127) 898 — (43,200) (6,635) (564) (885) (16,665) (400) 3,600 — 11 (14,339) — (9) — — — 10,000 77,037 — (163) 285 (822) 1,619 15 (5,429) (34) 357 22,287 26,044 6,268 10,891 18,209 8,879 2,115 1,710 (28,856) (4,362) 32,583 (8,183) (13,008) — 5,429 (51,745) 86,884 19,377 39 (15) — — (113,006) 2,000 Table of Contents Repayment of revolving line of credit Proceeds from issuance of common stock Common stock issuance costs Proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock Series B preferred stock issuance costs Series B preferred dividend paid in cash Redemption of Series A Preferred stock Series A preferred dividend paid in cash Payments on capital obligations Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Effect of exchange rate changes on cash Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents, end of period Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash paid for income taxes Cash refund for income taxes Cash paid for interest Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities: 1 Paid in kind dividends on Series A Preferred Stock ________________________________ 1 Current year amounts include amortization of preferred stock issuance costs accelerated due to Series A redemption (10,000) 110,000 (8,340) 75,000 (2,495) (1,781) (278,665) — — 16,188 643 (2,167) 33,671 31,504 3,449 420 3,657 31,277 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ — — — — — — — — — 9,991 (418) (5,330) 39,001 33,671 6,138 15,585 212 36,776 $ $ $ $ $ $ (2,000) — — — — — — (7,075) (1,200) (121,257) (1,562) (70,859) 109,860 39,001 3,598 20,733 666 14,407 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statement 68 SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Table of Content 1. Description of Business General Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (“Synchronoss” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of white label cloud, messaging, digital and network management solutions that enable our customers to keep subscribers, systems, networks and content in sync. The Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform is a secure and highly scalable white label platform designed to store and sync subscriber’s personally created content seamlessly to and from current and new devices. This allows a carrier’s customers to protect, engage with and manage their personal content and gives the Company’s Operator customers the ability to increase average revenue per user (“ARPU”) through a new monthly recurring charge (“MRC”) and opportunities to mine valuable data that will give subscribers access to new, beneficial services. The Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform is specifically designed to support smartphones, tablets and wirelessly enabled consumer electronics such as wearables for health and wellness, cameras, tablets, e-readers, personal navigation devices, and GPS enabled devices, as well as connected automobiles and homes. The Synchronoss Messaging Platform powers mobile messaging and mailboxes for hundreds of millions of telecommunication subscribers. The Advanced Messaging platform is a powerful, secure, intelligent, white-label messaging platform that expands capabilities for communications service provider and multi-service providers to offer P2P messaging via Rich Communications Services (“RCS”). The Mobile Messaging Platform (“MMP”) provides a single standard ecosystem for onboarding and management to brands, advertisers and message wholesalers. The Synchronoss Digital Platform is a suite of technology, tools and solutions that includes digital experience creation and management, automated provisioning, artificial intelligence and financial analytics that service a broad swatch of our target markets. The platform equips customers with the tools to design, deploy and manage end user customer journeys and workflows from one central platform that also integrates across front end customer engagement channels as well as enterprise business systems (e.g. CRM, POS) allowing non-citizen developers to configure rather than code experiences. The platform sits between customer-facing touch points and a customer’s existing back-office systems to orchestrate data, workflows and processes into digital customer journeys that interface with end user channels creating user experiences that can be centrally managed and coordinated with less resources than is typical in a traditional IT environment. The Synchronoss Total Network Management application provides operators with the tools and software to design their physical network, streamline their infrastructure purchases, and manage and optimize comprehensive network expense for leading top tier carriers around the globe. 69 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation and Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities (“VIE”) in which the Company is the primary beneficiary and entities in which the Company has a controlling interest. Investments in less than majority-owned companies in which the Company does not have a controlling interest, but does have significant influence, are accounted for as equity method investments. Investments in less than majority-owned companies in which the Company does not have the ability to exert significant influence over the operating and financial policies of the investee are accounted for using the cost method. All material intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation. Risks and Uncertainties There continue to be uncertainties regarding the current coronavirus ("COVID-19") pandemic, and the Company is closely monitoring the impact of the pandemic on all aspects of its business, including how it will impact its customers, employees, suppliers, vendors, business partners and distribution channels. While the pandemic did not materially affect the Company’s financial results and business operations for the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company is unable to predict the impact that COVID-19 will have on its financial position and operating results due to numerous uncertainties. The Company will continue to assess the evolving impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and will make adjustments to its operations as necessary. Recently Issued Accounting Standards Recent accounting pronouncements adopted Standard Update 2019-12 - Income Taxes (Topic 740) Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes Date of adoption: January 1, 2021 Description The ASU removes the exception to the general principles in ASC 740, Income Taxes, associated with the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation, accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments and interim-period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. In addition, the ASU improves the application of income tax related guidance and simplifies U.S. GAAP when accounting for franchise taxes that are partially based on income, transactions with government resulting in a step-up in tax basis goodwill, separate financial statements of legal entities not subject to tax, and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods. Different retrospective, or prospective, will apply to each income tax simplification provision. retrospective, modified transition approaches, Effect on the financial statements We adopted this standard on January 1, 2021. The Company evaluated these changes and concluded that they did not have any material the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations upon adoption. impact on 70 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Standards issued not yet adopted Description The amendments in this Update provide guidance for a modification or an exchange of a freestanding equity-classified written call option that is not within the scope of another Topic. Effect on the financial statements The Company continues to evaluate these changes and does not anticipate any material the Company’s consolidated impact on financial position or results of operations upon adoption. The amendments in this Update affect lessors with lease contracts that (1) have variable lease payments that do not depend on a reference index or a rate and (2) would have resulted in the recognition of a selling loss at lease commencement if classified as sales-type or direct financing. FASB amends lessor classification guidance to prevent selling losses on leases with variable payments. The Company continues to evaluate these changes and does not anticipate any material the Company’s consolidated impact on financial position or results of operations upon adoption. The amendments in this Update primarily address the accounting for contract assets and contract liabilities from revenue contracts with customers in a business combination. However, the amendments also apply to contract assets and contract liabilities from other contracts to which the provisions of Topic 606 apply, such as contract liabilities from the sale of nonfinancial assets within the scope of Subtopic 610-20, Other Income—Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets. The Company continues to evaluate these changes and does not anticipate any material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations upon adoption. Standard ASU 2021-04 Earnings Per Share (Topic 260), Debt— Modifications and Extinguishments (Subtopic 470-50), Compensation— Stock Compensation (Topic 718), and Derivatives and Hedging— Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) Planned date of adoption: January 1, 2022. ASU 2021-05 Leases (Topic 842). Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments Planned date of adoption: January 1, 2022. ASU 2021-08 Business Combinations (Topic 805). Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers Planned date of adoption: January 1, 2022. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Revenue Recognition Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services are transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The Company generates all of its revenue from contracts with customers. Subscription and Transaction revenues consist of revenues derived from the processing of transactions through the Company’s service platforms, providing enterprise portal management services on a subscription basis and maintenance agreements on software licenses. The Company generates revenue from Subscription services from monthly active user fees, software as a service (“SaaS”) fees, hosting and storage fees, and fees for the related maintenance support for those services. In most cases, the subscription or transaction arrangement is a single performance obligation comprised of a series of distinct 71 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer (i.e., distinct days of service). The Company applies a measure of progress (typically time-based) to any fixed consideration and allocates variable consideration to the distinct periods of service based on usage, under Topic 606 Section 10-25-14(b). When the Company does not allocate variable consideration to distinct periods of service, the total estimated transaction price is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, where the level of service provided to the customer does not vary significantly from one period to another. Transaction service arrangements include services such as processing equipment orders, new account setup and activation, number port requests, credit checks and inventory management. Transaction revenues are principally based on a contractual price per transaction and are recognized based on the number of transactions processed during each reporting period. Revenues are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed at the applicable price established in the relevant contract. Many of the Company’s contracts guarantee minimum volume transactions from the customer. In these instances, if the customer’s total estimated transaction volume for the period is expected to be less than the contractual amount, the Company records revenues at the minimum guaranteed amount on a straight line based over the period covered by the minimum. Setup fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred until set up activities are completed and recognized on a straight‑line basis over remaining expected customer relationship period. Revenues are presented net of discounts, which are volume level driven. In accordance with Topic 606 Section 10-50-20, any credits due to customers, which are generally performance driven and based upon system availability or response times to incidents, are determined and accounted for in the period in which the services are provided. The Company recognizes revenues from support and maintenance performance obligations over the service delivery period. The Company’s software licenses typically provide for a perpetual or term right to use the Company’s software. The Company has concluded that in most cases its software license is distinct as the customer can benefit from the software on its own. Software revenue is typically recognized when the software is delivered to the customer. Contracts that include software customization or specified upgrades may result in the combination of the customization services with the software license as one performance obligation. The Company does not have a history of returns, or refunds of is software licenses, however, in limited instances, the Company may constrain consideration to high-risk customers, until collection is resolved. The Company’s professional services include software development and customization. The contracts generally include project deliverables specified by each customer. The performance obligations in the agreements are generally combined into one deliverable and generally result in the transfer of control over time. The underlying deliverable is owned and controlled by the customer and does not create an asset with an alternative use to us. The Company recognizes revenue on fixed fee contracts on the proportion of labor hours expended to the total hours expected to complete the contract performance obligation. Most of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations which generally include either 1) a perpetual software license with support and maintenance and sometimes a hosting agreement or 2) a term SaaS agreement, frequently sold along with professional services. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual goods and services separately if they are distinct performance obligations. This often requires significant judgment based upon knowledge of the products, the solution provided and the structure of the sales contract. In SaaS agreements, the Company provides a service to the customer which combines the software functionality, maintenance and hosting into a single performance obligation when the customer doesn’t have the ability to take possession of the underlying software license. The Company may also sell the same three goods and services in a contract, but there may be three performance obligations, where the customer has the right to take possession of the software license without significant penalty. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. The Company estimates standalone selling prices of software based on observable inputs of past transactions to similarly situated customers. When such observable data is not available for certain software licenses because there is a limited number of transactions or prices are highly variable, the Company will estimate the standalone selling price using the residual approach. Standalone selling prices of services are typically determined based on observable transactions when these services are sold on a standalone basis to similarly situated customers or estimated using a cost-plus margin approach. 72 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Estimating the transaction price of variable consideration including the variable quantity subscription or transaction contracts in a multiple performance obligation arrangement requires significant judgment. The Company generally estimates this variable consideration at the most likely amount to which the Company expects to be entitled and in certain cases based on the expected value. The Company includes estimated amounts in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. The Company’s estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of the Company’s anticipated performance and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available. The Company reviews and update these estimates on a quarterly basis. The Company’s typical performance obligations include the following: Performance Obligation Software License Software License Software License with significant customization Hosting Services Professional Services Consulting Customization Transaction Services Subscription Services Customer Support SaaS Deferred Revenue When Performance Obligation is Typically Satisfied When Payment is Typically Due How Standalone Selling Price is Typically Estimated Upon shipment or made available for download (point in time) Over the performance of the customization and installation of the software (over time) As hosting services are provided (over time) As work is performed (over time) SaaS: Over the remaining term of the SaaS agreement License: Over the performance of the customization and installation of the software (over time) As transaction is processed (over time) Within 90 days of delivery Within 90 days of services being performed Within 90 days of services being provided Within 90 days of services being performed Within 90 days of services being performed Observable transactions or residual approach when prices are highly variable or uncertain Residual approach Estimated using a cost-plus margin approach Observable transactions Observable transactions Within 90 days of transaction Observable transactions Ratably over the course of the support contract (over time) Over the course of the SaaS service once the system is available for use (over time) Within 90 days of the start of the contract period Within 90 days of services being performed Observable transactions Estimated using a cost-plus margin approach Deferred revenues represent billings to customers for services in advance of the performance of services, with revenues recognized as the services are rendered, and also include the fair value of deferred revenues recorded as a result of acquisitions. Service Level Standards Pursuant to certain contracts, the Company is subject to service level standards and to corresponding penalties for failure to meet those standards. All performance-related penalties are reflected as a corresponding reduction of the Company’s revenues. These penalties, if applicable, are recorded in the month incurred and were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 73 Table of Content Cost of Revenues SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Cost of services includes all direct materials, direct labor and those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor, materials and supplies and facilities cost, exclusive of depreciation expense. Research and Development Software development costs are accounted for in accordance with either ASC 985-20, “Software - Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed,” or ASC 350-40, “Internal-Use Software.” Costs associated with the planning and designing phase of software development are classified as research and development costs and are expensed as incurred. The amounts capitalized include external direct costs of services used in developing internal-use software, and employee compensation and related expenses of personnel directly associated with the development activities. Once technological feasibility has been determined, a portion of the costs incurred in development, including coding, testing and quality assurance, are capitalized until available for general release to clients. Amortization is calculated on a solution-by-solution basis and is recognized over the estimated economic life of the software, typically ranging two to three years. Amortization begins when the software is substantially completed for its intended use. Costs incurred during the preliminary and post- implementation stages are expensed as incurred. The amounts capitalized include external direct costs of services used in developing internal-use software, employee compensation and related expenses of personnel directly associated with the development activities. Software development costs are evaluated for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Unrecoverable costs are reviewed annually and recognized in the period they become unrecoverable, as needed, and are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as depreciation and amortization expense. The unamortized software development costs and amortization expense were as follows: Unamortized software development costs Software development amortization expense 2021 Year ended December 31, 2020 $ $ 33,152 $ 15,412 $ 28,512 $ 10,843 $ 2019 22,240 8,258 The Company recognized impairment charges to its capitalized software intangible assets, of $1.3 million, $0.9 million and nil for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company includes these impairments within depreciation and amortization in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. Concentration of Credit Risk The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at several major financial institutions. The Company believes that concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited because of the creditworthiness of its major customers. The Company’s top five customers accounted for 68.2%, 68.0% and 69.2% of net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Contracts with these customers typically run for three to five years. Of these customers, Verizon accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in 2021, 2020, and 2019. Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. 74 Table of Content Accounts Receivable SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Accounts receivable include current notes, amounts billed to customers, claims, and unbilled revenue, which consists of amounts recognized as sales but not yet billed. Substantially all amounts of unbilled receivables are expected to be billed and collected in the subsequent year. The Company had unbilled receivable balances of $4.0 million and $3.4 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Allowance for Credit Losses The Company is exposed to credit losses primarily through sales of products and services. The Company’s expected loss allowance methodology for accounts receivable is developed using historical collection experience, current and future economic and market conditions and a review of the current status of customers' trade accounts receivables. Customers are pooled based on sharing specific risk factors, including geographic location. Due to the short-term nature of such receivables, the estimated accounts receivable that may not be collected is based on aging of the accounts receivable balances. Customers are assessed for credit worthiness upfront through a credit review, which includes assessment based on our analysis of their financial statements when a credit rating is not available. The Company evaluates contract terms and conditions, country and political risk, and may require prepayment to mitigate risk of loss. Specific allowance amounts are established to record the appropriate provision for customers that have a higher probability of default. The Company monitors changes to the receivables balance on a timely basis, and balances are written off as they are determined to be uncollectible after all collection efforts have been exhausted. Estimates of potential credit losses are used to determine the allowance; they are based on assessment of anticipated payment and all other historical, current and future information that is reasonably available. Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Liabilities The Company includes disclosures of fair value information about financial instruments and liabilities, whether or not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts reported in the financial statements approximate the fair value for cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable. Property and Equipment Property and equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 5 years, or the lesser of the related initial term of the lease or useful life for leasehold improvements. Amortization of property and equipment recorded under a capital lease is included with depreciation expense. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are charged against operations, while major replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized. Noncontrolling Interests and Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments Noncontrolling interests (“NCI”) are evaluated by the Company and are shown as either a liability, temporary equity (shown between liabilities and equity) or as permanent equity depending on the nature of the redeemable features at amounts based on formulas specific to each entity. Generally, mandatorily redeemable NCIs are classified as liabilities and non-mandatorily redeemable NCIs are classified outside of stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as temporary equity under the caption, redeemable noncontrolling interests, and are measured at their redemption values at the end of each period. If the redemption value is greater than the carrying value, an adjustment is recorded in retained earnings to record the NCI at its redemption value. Redeemable NCIs that are mandatorily redeemable are classified as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under either other current liabilities or other long-term liabilities, depending on the remaining duration until settlement, and are measured at the amount of cash that would be paid if settlement occurred at the balance sheet date with any change from the prior period recognized as interest expense. If the noncontrolling interest is not currently redeemable yet probable of becoming redeemable, the Company is required to either (1) accrete changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date of 75 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) the instrument using an appropriate methodology, usually the interest method, or (2) recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. The Company has elected to recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest to the greater of the estimated redemption value, which approximates fair value, at the end of each reporting period or the initial carrying amount. Net income attributable to NCIs reflects the portion of the net income (loss) of consolidated entities applicable to the NCI stockholders in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The net income attributable to NCI is classified in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as part of consolidated net income and deducted from total consolidated net income to arrive at the net income attributable to the Company. Investments in Affiliates and Other Entities In the normal course of business, Synchronoss enters into various types of investment arrangements, each having unique terms and conditions. These investments may include equity interests held by Synchronoss in business entities, including general or limited partnerships, contractual ventures, or other forms of equity participation. Synchronoss determines whether such investments involve a variable interest entity (“VIE”) based on the characteristics of the subject entity. If the entity is determined to be a VIE, then management determines if Synchronoss is the primary beneficiary of the entity and whether or not consolidation of the VIE is required. The primary beneficiary consolidating the VIE must normally have both (i) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE, in either case that could potentially be significant to the VIE. When Synchronoss is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, the VIE is consolidated and the other party’s equity interest in the VIE is accounted for as a noncontrolling interest. The Company generally accounts for investments it makes in VIEs in which it has determined that it does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over and holds at least a 20% ownership interest using the equity method. Any such investment not meeting the parameters to be accounted under the equity method would be accounted for using the cost method unless the investment had a readily determinable fair value, at which it would then be reported. If an entity fails to meet the characteristics of a VIE, the Company then evaluates such entity under the voting model. Under the voting model, the Company consolidates the entity if they determine that they, directly or indirectly, have greater than 50% of the voting shares, and determine that other equity holders do not have substantive participating rights. Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired, including other definite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or when an interim triggering event has occurred indicating potential impairment. The Company has concluded that it has one operating segment and one reportable segment because the aggregation criteria and the quantitative threshold test was met. The Company tests for goodwill impairment on each of its reporting units, which is at the operating segment or one level below the operating segment. During the Company’s qualitative assessment, the Company makes significant estimates, assumptions, and judgments, around the financial performance of the Company, changes in share price, and forecasts of earnings, working capital requirements, and cash flows. The Company considers each reporting unit's historical results and operating trends as well as any strategic difference from the Company’s historical results when determining these assumptions. The Company can opt to perform a qualitative assessment to test a reporting unit’s goodwill for impairment or the Company can directly perform the quantitative impairment test. If the Company determines that the fair value of a reporting unit is more likely than not to be less than its carrying amount, a quantitative impairment test is performed. Fair value estimates used in the quantitative impairment test are calculated using a combination of the income and market approaches. The income approach is based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit, while the market approach is based on certain multiples of selected guideline public companies or selected guideline transactions. The approaches incorporate a number of market participant assumptions including future growth rates, discount rates, income tax 76 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) rates and market activity in assessing fair value and are reporting unit specific. If the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value, the Company recognizes an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. The fair value measurement associated with the quantitative goodwill impairment test is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Significant changes in the underlying assumptions used to value goodwill could significantly increase or decrease the fair value estimates used for impairment assessments. In order to assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting unit, the Company compares the aggregate reporting unit fair value to the Company’s market capitalization on an overall basis and calculates an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair value over the Company’s market capitalization on an overall basis). The Company evaluates the control premium by comparing it to observable control premiums from recent comparable transactions. If the implied control premium is determined to not be reasonable in light of these recent transactions, the Company re-evaluates its reporting unit fair values, which may result in an adjustment to the discount rate and/or other assumptions. This re-evaluation could result in a change to the estimated fair value for certain or all reporting units. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over the fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets A review of long-lived assets for impairment is performed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. If an indication of impairment is present, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be generated by the asset to the asset’s carrying amount. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company records an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The fair value is determined based on valuation techniques such as a comparison to fair values of similar assets or using a discounted cash flow analysis. This fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Significant changes in the underlying assumptions used to value long lived assets could significantly increase or decrease the fair value estimates used for impairment assessments. Long lived assets that do not have indefinite lives are amortized/depreciated over their useful lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company reevaluates the useful life determinations each year to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful lives. Leases The Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases (ASC 842) on January 1, 2019. ASC 842 applies to a number of arrangements to which the Company is party whereby the Company acts as a lessee. Whenever the Company enters into a new arrangement, it must determine, at the inception date, whether the arrangement contains a lease. This determination generally depends on whether the arrangement conveys to the Company the right to control the use of an explicitly or implicitly identified fixed asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Control of an underlying asset is conveyed to the Company if the Company obtains the rights to direct the use of and to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from using the underlying asset. If a lease exists, the Company must then determine the separate lease and non-lease components of the arrangement. Each right to use an underlying asset conveyed by a lease arrangement should generally be considered a separate lease component if it both: (i) can benefit the Company without depending on other resources not readily available to the Company and (ii) does 77 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) not significantly affect and is not significantly affected by other rights of use conveyed by the lease. Aspects of a lease arrangement that transfer other goods or services to the Company but do not meet the definition of lease components are considered non-lease components. The consideration owed by the Company pursuant to a lease arrangement is generally allocated to each lease and non-lease component for accounting purposes. However, the Company has elected to not separate lease and non-lease components. Each lease component is accounted for separately from other lease components, but together with the associated non-lease components. For each lease, the Company must then determine: • • • The lease term - The lease term is the period of the lease not cancellable by the Company, together with periods covered by: (i) renewal options the Company is reasonably certain to exercise or that are controlled by the lessor and (ii) termination options the Company is reasonably certain not to exercise. The present value of lease payments is calculated based on: – Lease payments - Lease payments include certain fixed and variable payments, less lease incentives, together with amounts probable of being owed by the Company under residual value guarantees and, if reasonably certain of being paid, the cost of certain renewal options and early termination penalties set forth in the lease arrangement. Lease payments exclude consideration that is: (i) not related to the transfer of goods and services to the Company and (ii) allocated to the non-lease components in a lease arrangement, except for the classes of assets where the Company has elected to not separate lease and non-lease components. – Discount rate - The discount rate must be determined based on information available to the Company upon the commencement of a lease. Lessees are required to use the rate implicit in the lease whenever such rate is readily available; however, as the implicit rate in the Company's leases is generally not readily determinable, the Company generally uses the hypothetical incremental borrowing rate it would have to pay to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments, on a collateralized basis, over a timeframe similar to the lease term. Lease classification - In making the determination of whether a lease is an operating lease or a finance lease, the Company considers the lease term in relation to the economic life of the leased asset, the present value of lease payments in relation to the fair value of the leased asset and certain other factors, including the lessee's and lessor's rights, obligations and economic incentives over the term of the lease. Generally, upon the commencement of a lease, the Company will record a lease liability and a right-of-use (ROU) asset. However, the Company has elected, for certain classes of underlying assets with initial lease terms of twelve months or less (known as short-term leases), to not recognize a lease liability or ROU asset. Lease liabilities are initially recorded at lease commencement as the present value of future lease payments. ROU assets are initially recorded at lease commencement as the initial amount of the lease liability, together with the following, if applicable: (i) initial direct costs and (ii) lease payments made, net of lease incentives received, prior to lease commencement. Over the lease term, the Company generally increases its lease liabilities using the effective interest method and decreases its lease liabilities for lease payments made. The Company generally amortizes its ROU assets over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term and assesses its ROU assets for impairment, similar to other long-lived assets. For finance leases, amortization expense and interest expense are recognized separately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, with amortization expense generally recorded on a straight-line basis and interest expense recorded using the effective interest method. For operating leases, a single lease cost is generally recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease costs for short-term leases not recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and are expensed as incurred. Variable lease costs not initially included in the lease liability and ROU asset impairment charges are expensed as incurred. 78 Table of Content Income Taxes SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) In March 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including temporary changes regarding the prior and future utilization of net operating losses. The CARES Act amends the Net Operating Loss provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, allowing for the carryback of losses arising in tax years 2018, 2019 and 2020, to each of the five taxable years preceding the taxable year of loss. Since we conduct operations on a global basis, our effective tax rate has and will depend upon the geographic distribution of our pre-tax earnings among locations with varying tax rates. We account for the effects of income taxes that result from our activities during the current and preceding years. Under this method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets are based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse or be utilized. The realization of deferred tax assets is contingent upon the generation of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable income, we begin with historical results and incorporate assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax-planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses. We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured by determining the amount that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon the settlement of the position. Components of the reserve are classified as current or a long-term liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets based on when we expect each of the items to be settled. We record interest and penalties accrued in relation to uncertain tax benefits as a component of interest expense. While we believe we have identified all reasonably identifiable exposures and that the reserve we have established for identifiable exposures is appropriate under the circumstances, it is possible that additional exposures exist and that exposures may be settled at amounts different than the amounts reserved. It is also possible that changes in facts and circumstances could cause us to either materially increase or reduce the carrying amount of our tax reserves. In general, tax returns for the year 2017 and thereafter are subject to future examination by tax authorities. Additionally, to the extent we utilize our NOL carryforwards in the future, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the tax authorities in the future period when the attribute is utilized. Our policy has been to leave our cumulative unremitted foreign earnings invested indefinitely outside the United States, and we intend to continue this policy. Although distributions to the U.S. are generally not subject to U.S. federal taxes, the Company continues to assert permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings. Due to the timing and circumstances of repatriation of such earnings, if any, it is not practicable to determine the unrecognized deferred tax liability relating to such amounts. Foreign Currency The functional currency of non-U.S. entities is translated into U.S. dollars for balance sheet accounts using the month end rates in effect as of the balance sheet date and average exchange rate for revenue and expense accounts for each respective period. The translation adjustments are deferred as a separate component of stockholders’ equity within accumulated other comprehensive income. 79 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Gains or losses resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are included in other income or expense, within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and were as follows: Net gain (loss) on foreign currency translations $ (5,810) $ 4,234 $ 31 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 Comprehensive Income (Loss) Reporting on comprehensive income requires components of other comprehensive income, including unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities, to be included as part of total comprehensive income. Comprehensive income is comprised of net income, translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. The components of comprehensive income are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Basic and Diluted Net Income Attributable to Common Stockholders per Common Share Basic EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, excluding amounts associated with restricted shares. Diluted EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year plus the potential dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method and the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the year. The potential dilutive effect of common stock includes stock options, convertible debt and unvested restricted stock. The dilutive effects of stock options and restricted stock awards are based on the treasury stock method. The dilutive effect of the assumed conversion of convertible debt is determined using the if-converted method. The after-tax effect of interest expense related to the convertible securities is added back to net income, and the convertible debt is assumed to have been converted into common shares at the beginning of the period. The Company includes participating securities (Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock - Participation with Dividends on Common Stock that contain preferred dividend) in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an allocation method that calculates earnings per share for common stock and participating securities. During periods of net loss, no effect is given to the participating securities because they do not share in the losses of the Company. Stock-Based Compensation As of December 31, 2021, the Company maintains eight stock-based compensation plans. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the dates of grant. Restricted stock awards are measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation over the requisite service period with an offsetting credit to additional paid-in capital. For the Company’s performance restricted stock awards and units, the Company estimates the number of shares the recipient is to receive by applying a probability of achieving the performance goals. The actual number of shares the recipient receives is determined at the end of the performance period based on the results achieved versus goals based on the performance targets, such as revenues and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) after certain adjustments, and Total Shareholder Return (TSR). The compensation cost is recognized using straight line method over the requisite service period for each vesting tranche. Performance based stock awards are measured at the closing stock price on the grant date and are recognized straight line over the requisite service period. Performance based cash units are measured at the closing stock price at the reporting period end date and are recognized straight line over the requisite service period. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility was calculated based on historical information of the Company’s stock. The average expected life was 80 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) determined using historical stock option exercise activity. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on the common equity and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the common equity in the foreseeable future. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur. Segment and Geographic Information The Company’s chief operating decision‑maker is the Chief Executive Officer. The Company operates and offers various products in North America, Europe and Asia‑Pacific with the majority of the Company’s revenue and assets in the U.S. The Company assessed its current structure and operations and determined it has one reportable segment as the business is managed and assessed by the chief operating decision-maker based on the consolidated results of the organization. Revenues by geography are based on the billing addresses of the Company’s customers. The following tables set forth revenues and property and equipment, net by geographic area: Revenues: Domestic Foreign Total Property and equipment, net: Domestic Foreign Total PPE, net 3. Revenue Disaggregation of revenue 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 225,433 $ 55,182 280,615 $ 228,639 $ 63,031 291,670 $ 232,183 76,566 308,749 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2021 $ $ 4,115 $ 2,864 6,979 $ 7,282 4,450 11,732 The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers into the nature of the products and services and geographical regions. The Company’s geographic regions are the Americas, Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”), and Asia Pacific (“APAC”). The majority of the Company’s revenue is from the TMT sector. 81 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Geography: Americas APAC EMEA Total Service Line: Professional Services Transaction Services Subscription Services License Total $ $ $ $ Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2021 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 Cloud Digital Messaging Total Cloud Digital Messaging Total 158,283 $ 486 7,213 165,982 $ 47,108 $ 4,064 3,284 54,456 $ 20,042 $ 28,022 12,113 60,177 $ 225,433 $ 32,572 22,610 280,615 $ 155,287 $ — 6,888 162,175 $ 45,893 $ 4,502 5,687 56,082 $ 27,459 $ 31,310 14,644 73,413 $ 228,639 35,812 27,219 291,670 15,131 $ 5,852 142,636 2,363 165,982 $ 9,244 $ 6,721 35,770 2,721 54,456 $ 12,477 $ 12 44,765 2,923 60,177 $ 36,852 $ 12,585 223,171 8,007 280,615 $ 18,391 $ 5,651 138,133 — 162,175 $ 13,512 $ 7,396 32,831 2,343 56,082 $ 16,741 $ — 43,873 12,799 73,413 $ 48,644 13,047 214,837 15,142 291,670 Trade Accounts Receivable and Contract balances The Company classifies its right to consideration in exchange for deliverables as either a receivable or a contract asset. A receivable is a right to consideration that is unconditional (i.e. only the passage of time is required before payment is due). For example, the Company recognizes a receivable for revenues related to its time and materials and transaction or volume-based contracts. The Company presents such receivables in Trade accounts receivable, net in its consolidated statements of financial position at their net estimated realizable value. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide for the estimated amount of receivables that may not be collected. The allowance is based upon an assessment of customer creditworthiness, historical payment experience, the age of outstanding receivables and other applicable factors. A contract asset is a right to consideration that is conditional upon factors other than the passage of time. For example, the Company would record a contract asset if it records revenue on a professional services engagement but are not entitled to bill until the Company achieves specified milestones. Contract asset balance at December 31, 2021 is $9.0 million. Amounts collected in advance of services being provided are accounted for as contract liabilities, which are presented as deferred revenue on the accompanying balance sheet and are realized with the associated revenue recognized under the contract. Nearly all of the Company's contract liabilities balance is related to services revenue, primarily subscription services contracts. The Company’s contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a customer basis at the end of each reporting period. Significant changes in the contract liabilities balance (current and noncurrent) during the period are as follows: Balance - January 1, 2021 Revenue recognized in the period Amounts billed but not recognized as revenue Balance - December 31, 2021 ________________________________ 1 Comprised of deferred revenue 1 Contract Liabilities 45,614 (279,269) 256,571 22,916 $ $ Revenues recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 for performance obligations satisfied or partially satisfied in previous periods were immaterial. 82 Table of Content Contract acquisition costs SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) In connection with the adoption of Topic 606 and the related cost accounting guidance under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 340, the Company is required to capitalize certain contract acquisition costs consisting primarily of commissions and bonuses paid when contracts are signed. For contracts that have a duration of less than one year, the Company follows a Topic 606 practical expedient and expenses these costs over the estimated customer life, because it does not pay commissions upon renewals that are commensurate with the initial contract. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the amount of amortization was immaterial and there was no impairment loss in relation to costs capitalized. Contract Fulfillment Costs Under ASC 340-40, the Company evaluates whether or not it should capitalize the costs of fulfilling a contract. Such costs would be capitalized when they are not within the scope of other standards and: (1) are directly related to a contract; (2) generate or enhance resources that will be used to satisfy performance obligations; and (3) are expected to be recovered. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $1.5 million and $0.1 million of capitalized contract fulfillment costs, respectively. Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations Topic 606 requires that the Company disclose the aggregate amount of transaction price that is allocated to performance obligations that have not yet been satisfied as of December 31, 2021. The Company has elected not to disclose transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations for: 1. Contracts with an original duration of one year or less, including contracts that can be terminated for convenience without a substantive penalty; 2. Contracts for which the Company recognizes revenues based on the right to invoice for services performed; 3. Variable consideration allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation or to a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a distinct good or service that forms part of a single performance obligation in accordance with Topic 606 Section 10-25-14(b), for which the criteria in Topic 606 Section 10-32-40 have been met. This applies to a limited number of situations where the Company is dependent upon data from a third party or where fees are highly variable. Many of the Company’s performance obligations meet one or more of these exemptions. Specifically, the Company has excluded the following from the Company’s remaining performance obligations, all of which will be resolved in the period in which amounts are known: • • • consideration for future transactions, above any contractual minimums consideration for success-based transactions contingent on third-party data credits for failure to meet future service level requirements As of December 31, 2021, the aggregate amount of transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations, other than those meeting the exclusion criteria above, was $208.3 million, of which approximately 93.51% is expected to be recognized as revenues within 2 years, and the remainder thereafter. Estimates of revenue expected to be recognized in future periods also exclude unexercised customer options to purchase services that do not represent material rights to the customer. Customer options that do not represent a material right are only accounted for in accordance with Topic 606 when the customer exercises its option to purchase additional goods or services. 83 Table of Content 4. Allowance for Credit Losses SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” prospectively. ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss impairment model with an expected credit loss impairment model for financial instruments, including trade receivables. The guidance requires entities to consider forward-looking information to estimate expected credit losses, resulting in earlier recognition of losses for receivables that are current or not yet due. The accounts receivable balance on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 was $47.6 million, net of $0.5 million of allowances. Changes in the allowance were not material for the year ended December 31, 2021. The following table provides a roll-forward of the allowance for credit losses that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of accounts receivable to present the net amount expected to be collected: Balance at December 31, 2020 Current period change for expected credit losses Balance at December 31, 2021 5. Fair Value Measurements Allowance for credit losses 543 (65) 478 $ $ In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value as follows: • • • Level 1 - Observable inputs - quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 - Observable inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities includes quoted prices for similar instruments, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets, and amounts derived from valuation models where all significant inputs are observable in active markets; and Level 3 - Unobservable inputs - includes amounts derived from valuation models where one or more significant inputs are unobservable and require the Company to develop relevant assumptions. 84 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) The following is a summary of assets, liabilities and redeemable noncontrolling interests and their related classifications under the fair value hierarchy: Assets Cash and cash equivalents Total assets Temporary equity 1 Redeemable noncontrolling interests Total temporary equity Assets Cash and cash equivalents Total assets Temporary Equity 1 Redeemable noncontrolling interests Total temporary equity ________________________________ Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) December 31, 2021 31,504 $ 31,504 $ 12,500 $ 12,500 $ 31,504 $ 31,504 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — — 12,500 12,500 Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) December 31, 2020 33,671 $ 33,671 $ 12,500 $ 12,500 $ 33,671 $ 33,671 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — — 12,500 12,500 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 Put arrangements held by the noncontrolling interests in certain of the Company’s joint ventures. Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests The redeemable noncontrolling interests recorded at fair value are put arrangements held by the noncontrolling interests in certain of the Company’s joint ventures. The Company recognizes changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of the noncontrolling interest to the greater of the estimated redemption value, which approximates fair value, at the end of each reporting period or the initial carrying amount. The fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interests was estimated by applying an income approach using a discounted cash flow analysis. This fair value measurement is based on significant inputs that are not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. Significant changes in the underlying assumptions used to value the redeemable noncontrolling interests could significantly increase or decrease the fair value estimates recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 redeemable noncontrolling interests during the year ended December 31, 2021 were as follows: Balance at December 31, 2020 Fair value adjustment Net (income) loss attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests Balance at December 31, 2021 Redeemable noncontrolling interests $ $ 12,500 156 (156) 12,500 85 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 6. Investments in Affiliates and Related Transactions Sequential Technology International, LLC In connection with the divestiture of the exception handling business of the Company in 2017, Synchronoss entered into a three-year Cloud Telephony and Support services agreement (“CTS Agreement”) to grant Sequential Technology International, LLC (“STIN”) access to certain Synchronoss software and private branch exchange systems to facilitate exception handling operations required to support STIN customers. The CTS agreement expired in the first quarter of 2020. At the time of the expiration, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with STIN. As part of the agreement, the Company received $1.6 million in exchange for certain hardware and system assets for the cloud telephony and remaining support service business. During the second quarter of 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with STIN and AP Capital Holdings II, LLC (“APC”) to divest its remaining equity interest in STIN as well as settle its paid-in-kind purchase money note (“PIK note”) and certain amounts due as of December 31, 2019 in consideration for a $9.0 million secured promissory note (the “Note”), which includes contingent consideration of up to $16.0 million. The Note has an 8% interest rate and a 3-year stated term. As part of the arrangement, APC acquired a majority stake of STIN. Additionally, in the event of a Sale of STIN by APC and STIN at a future date, the Company shall receive 5% of such sale proceeds, after reducing the sale proceeds by any outstanding amounts of the above Note, including any earned contingent consideration. The Company determined the fair value of the Note as of the transaction date to be approximately $4.8 million. The Company determined the fair value of the Note using a discounted cash flow analysis, which discounts the expected future cash flows of the asset to determine its fair value. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. The Note has been reflected in Loan Receivable on the Consolidated balance sheet. No gain or loss was recognized as a result of the transaction. As of December 31, 2021 the Company reassessed the fair value of the note and there were no material changes. In connection with the PIK note, the Company recorded a CECL adjustment of $1.6 million which offset the current year accretion of the interest of $1.6 million. In 2019, changes to the STIN business led the Company to conclude that its collection of certain STIN receivables was no longer probable. Accordingly, the Company determined a contingency reserve was required, which included a reduction of revenue in the amount $26.0 million in the third quarter of 2019. The impacts of this change are reflected in the STIN affiliate revenue and accounts receivable. 7. Property and Equipment Property and equipment consist of the following: Computer hardware Computer software Furniture and fixtures Leasehold improvements Less: Accumulated depreciation Total December 31, 2021 2020 $ $ 179,684 $ 52,061 5,613 18,369 255,727 (248,748) 6,979 $ 184,145 52,135 8,951 23,389 268,620 (256,888) 11,732 Depreciation expense was approximately $6.5 million, $15.6 million and $43.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Amortization of property and equipment recorded under capital leases are included in depreciation expense. 86 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 8. Goodwill and Intangibles Goodwill The Company records goodwill which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired, including other definite-lived intangible assets. Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment or upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. The following table shows the adjustments to goodwill during 2021 and 2020: Balance at December 31, 2019 Translation adjustments Balance at December 31, 2020 Translation adjustments Balance at December 31, 2021 Goodwill 222,969 9,802 232,771 (8,194) 224,577 $ $ $ When performing its annual impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount with the fair values derived from the market approach the income approach. Under the market approach, the Company estimates fair value based on market multiples of revenue and earnings derived from comparable publicly-traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics as the reporting unit. The Company weights the fair value derived from the market approach depending on the level of comparability of these publicly-traded companies to the reporting unit. When market comparables are not meaningful or not available, the Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit using only the income approach. Under the income approach, the Company estimates the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The Company bases cash flow projections on management’s estimates of revenue growth rates and operating margins, taking into consideration industry and market conditions. The Company bases the discount rate on the weighted-average cost of capital adjusted for the relevant risk associated with business-specific characteristics and the uncertainty related to the reporting unit’s ability to execute on the projected cash flows. In order to assess the reasonableness of the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units, the Company compares the aggregate reporting unit fair value to the Company’s market capitalization on an overall basis and calculates an implied control premium (the excess of the sum of the reporting units’ fair value over the Company’s market capitalization on an overall basis). The Company evaluates the control premium by comparing it to observable control premiums from recent comparable transactions. If the implied control premium is determined to not be reasonable in light of these recent transactions, the Company re-evaluates its reporting unit fair values, which may result in an adjustment to the discount rate and/or other assumptions. This re-evaluation could result in a change to the estimated fair value for certain or all reporting units. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying amount of the net assets assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, goodwill is impaired and the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over the fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. The Company recognized no goodwill impairment charges for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Other Intangible Assets The Company’s intangible assets with definite lives consist primarily of technology, capitalized software, trade names, and customer lists and relationships. These intangible assets are being amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $28.3 million, $27.0 million and $33.5 million, respectively. 87 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) The Company recognized impairment charges to its intangible assets of $1.3 million, $0.9 million and nil for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively. The Company includes these impairments within depreciation and amortization in its Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s intangible assets consist of the following: Technology Customer lists and relationships Capitalized software and patents Trade name Total Technology Customer lists and relationships Capitalized software and patents Trade name Total December 31, 2021 Accumulated Amortization Cost 101,938 $ 125,115 82,910 2,453 312,416 $ (96,732) $ (103,385) (49,511) (2,453) (252,081) $ December 31, 2020 Accumulated Amortization Cost 105,642 $ 131,500 63,268 2,477 302,887 $ (94,867) $ (101,468) (34,482) (2,477) (233,294) $ $ $ $ $ Estimated future amortization expense of its intangible assets for the next five years is as follows: Year 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter 1 Total $ $ Net 5,206 21,730 33,399 — 60,335 Net 10,775 30,032 28,786 — 69,593 23,930 13,212 6,720 4,677 1,098 123 49,760 ________________________________ As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $10.6 million of capitalized software costs that are currently in the development stage. Amortization of these costs will begin 1 once the software projects are complete and ready for their intended use. 88 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 9. Accrued Expenses Accrued expenses consist of the following: Accrued compensation and benefits Accrued professional service fees Accrued telecommunications and hosting Accrued income taxes payable Accrued preferred dividend Accrued operating lease liabilities Accrued third party tech services Accrued other Total 10. Leases December 31, 2021 2020 $ $ 29,773 $ 3,259 1,736 1,844 1,781 7,491 4,277 11,755 61,916 $ 28,172 5,344 4,570 3,227 9,078 10,078 3,322 5,535 69,326 The Company has entered into contracts with third parties to lease a variety of assets, including certain real estate, equipment, automobiles and other assets. The Company’s leases frequently allow for lease payments that could vary based on factors such as inflation or the degree of utilization of the underlying asset. For example, certain of the Company’s real estate leases could require us to make payments that vary based on common area maintenance charges, insurance and other charges. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The Company is party to certain sublease arrangements, primarily related to the Company’s real estate leases, where it acts as the lessee and intermediate lessor. The Company does not have material sublease arrangements. The following table presents information about the Company's ROU assets and lease liabilities at December 31, 2021: ROU assets: Non-current operating lease ROU assets Operating lease liabilities: 1 Current operating lease liabilities Non-current operating lease liabilities Total operating lease liabilities ________________________________ Amounts are included in Accrued Expenses on Consolidated Balance Sheets. 1 89 $ $ $ 26,399 7,491 35,578 43,069 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) The following table presents information about lease expense and sublease income for the year ended December 31, 2021: 1 Operating lease cost Other lease costs and income: 1 2 Variable lease costs Operating lease impairments/remeasurements 1 Sublease income Total net lease cost ________________________________ $ $ 9,346 670 1,353 (3,166) 8,203 1 Amounts are included in Cost of revenues, Selling, general and administrative and/or Research and development based on the function that each underlying leased asset supports. This is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 2 As part of the Company’s in year cost savings initiatives, the Company closed certain office spaces and terminated various lease agreements. These actions resulted in a $1.4 million ROU asset impairment charge, which was determined by the present value of the forecasted future cash flows for the remaining lease term. The following table provides the undiscounted amount of future cash flows included in the Company’s lease liabilities at December 31, 2021 for each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2021 and thereafter, as well as a reconciliation of such undiscounted cash flows to the Company’s lease liabilities at December 31, 2021: 022 023 024 025 026 Thereafter tal future lease payments ss: amount representing interest Present value of future lease payments (lease liability) Operating Leases 10,558 8,481 8,325 8,162 7,988 10,515 54,029 (10,960) 43,069 $ $ The following table provides the weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rates for the Company’s leases as of December 31, 2021: Operating Leases: Weighted-average remaining lease term (years), weighted based on lease liability balances Weighted-average discount rate (percentages), weighted based on the remaining balance of lease payments 5.94 8.2 % The following table provides certain cash flow and supplemental noncash information related to the Company’s lease liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021: Operating Leases: Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets $ 13,244 137 90 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 11. Debt Offering of 2021 Senior Notes due 2026 On June 30, 2021, the Company closed its underwritten public offering of $120.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.375% senior notes due 2026 at a par value of $25.00 per senior note (the “Senior Notes”). The offering was conducted pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “Notes Underwriting Agreement”) dated June 25, 2021, by and among the Company and B. Riley Securities, Inc., as representative of the several underwriters (the “Notes Underwriters”). At the closing, the Company issued $125.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes, inclusive of $5.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes issued pursuant to the full exercise of the Notes Underwriters’ option to purchase additional Senior Notes. The Notes Underwriting Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the Company, customary conditions to closing, indemnification obligations of the Company and the Notes Underwriters, including for liabilities under the Securities Act, other obligations of the parties and termination provisions. On June 30, 2021, the Company entered into an indenture (the “Base Indenture”) and a supplemental indenture (the “First Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”) with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), between the Company and the Trustee. The Indenture establishes the form and provides for the issuance of the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness of the Company’s subsidiaries, including trade payables. The Senior Notes bear interest at the rate of 8.375% per annum. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable quarterly in arrears on January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31 of each year, commencing on July 31, 2021. The Senior Notes will mature on June 30, 2026, unless redeemed prior to maturity. The Company may, at its option, at any time and from time to time, redeem the Senior Notes for cash in whole or in part (i) on or after June 30, 2022 and prior to June 30, 2023, at a price equal to $25.75 per Senior Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, (ii) on or after June 30, 2023 and prior to June 30, 2024, at a price equal to $25.50 per Senior Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, (iii) on or after June 30, 2024 and prior to June 30, 2025, at a price equal to $25.25 per Senior Note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, and (iv) on or after June 30, 2025 and prior to maturity, at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption. On and after any redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the redeemed Senior Notes. The Indenture contains customary events of default and cure provisions. If an uncured default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes may declare the entire amount of the Senior Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to be immediately due and payable. In the case of an event of default involving the Company’s bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the principal amount of the Senior Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or the holders of the Senior Notes, become due and payable. On October 25, 2021, the Company entered into an At Market Issuance Sales Agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) between the Company and B. Riley Securities, Inc. (the “Agent”), a related party, pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time, up to $18.0 million of the Company’s 8.375% Senior Notes due 2026. Sales of the additional Senior Notes pursuant to the Sales Agreement, if any, may be made in transactions that are deemed to be “at the market offerings” as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Under the Sales Agreement, the Agent will be entitled to compensation of 2.0% of the gross proceeds of all notes sold through it as the Company’s agent. 91 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company sold an additional $16.1 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes pursuant to the Sales Agreement. The additional Senior Notes sold have terms identical to the initial Senior Notes and are fungible and vote together with, the initial Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are listed and trade on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SNCRL.” The carrying amounts of the Company’s borrowings were as follows: Senior Notes 2021 Non-convertible 8.375% Senior Notes due 2026 Unamortized discount and debt issuance cost Carrying value of Senior Notes December 31, 2021 $ 141,077 $ (7,973) 133,104 $ December 31, 2020 — — — $ Debt issuance are deferred and amortized into interest expense using the effective interest method. The total fair value of the outstanding Senior Notes was $134.1 million as of December 31, 2021. The Company is in compliance with its debt covenants as of December 31, 2021. 2014 Convertible Senior Notes due 2019 On August 12, 2014, the Company issued $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2019 (the “2019 Notes”). The 2019 Notes were paid at maturity on August 15, 2019. The 2019 Notes bore an interest rate of 0.75% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The Company accounted for the $230.0 million face value of the debt as a liability and capitalized approximately $7.1 million of financing fees, related to the issuance. 2019 Revolving Credit Facility On October 4, 2019, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Citizens Bank, N.A., for a $10.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (1) the arithmetic average of the LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period (one, three or six months (or 12 months if agreed to by all applicable Lenders)) as selected by the Company relevant to such borrowing plus the applicable margin, or (2) a base rate determined by reference to the greatest of the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, the prime commercial lending rate as determined by the Agent, and the daily LIBOR rate plus 1.0%, in each case plus an applicable margin and subject to a floor of 0.0%. On June 30, 2021, the Company paid off the outstanding balance and closed the Revolving Credit Facility. 92 Table of Content Interest expense SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) The following table summarizes the Company’s interest expense: 2021 Non-Convertible Senior Notes due 2026: Amortization of debt issuance costs Interest on borrowings Amortization of debt discount 2014 Convertible Senior Notes due 2019: Amortization of debt issuance costs Interest on borrowings 2019 Revolving Credit Facility : Amortization of debt issuance costs Commitment fee Interest on borrowings Other Total Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ $ 625 $ 5,458 9 — — 84 — 126 118 6,420 $ — $ — — — — 52 4 202 218 476 $ — — — 285 363 8 5 3 691 1,355 93 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 12. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) / Income The changes in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income during the years ended December 31, were as follows: Foreign currency Unrealized loss on intra-entity foreign currency transactions Total Foreign currency Unrealized income (loss) on intra-entity foreign currency transactions Unrealized holding gains (losses) on marketable debt securities Total Foreign currency Unrealized (loss) income on intra-entity foreign currency transactions Unrealized holding gains (losses) on marketable debt securities Total 13. Capital Structure Balance at December 31, 2020 Other comprehensive (loss) income Tax effect Balance at December 31, 2021 $ $ (26,076) (2,137) (28,213) Balance at December 31, 2019 $ $ (28,204) (4,306) (751) (33,261) Balance at December 31, 2018 $ $ (26,436) (3,906) (41) (30,383) $ $ $ $ $ $ (3,274) (1,984) (5,258) Other comprehensive (loss) income 2,128 3,130 751 6,009 Other comprehensive (loss) income (1,768) (579) (710) (3,057) $ $ $ $ $ — 486 486 $ $ (29,350) (3,635) (32,985) Tax effect Balance at December 31, 2020 $ $ (961) — (961) (26,076) (2,137) — (28,213) Tax effect Balance at December 31, 2019 — 179 — 179 $ $ (28,204) (4,306) (751) (33,261) As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s authorized capital stock was 110 million shares of stock with a par value of $0.0001, of which 100 million shares were designated as common stock and 10 million shares were designated as preferred stock, 75,000 of which were designated Series B Perpetual Non- Convertible Preferred Stock. Common Stock Each holder of common stock is entitled to vote on all matters and is entitled to one vote for each share held. Dividends on common stock will be paid when, and if, declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. No dividends have ever been declared or paid by the Company. Common Stock Offering On June 29, 2021, the Company closed its underwritten public offering of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The offering was conducted pursuant to an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) dated June 24, 2021, by and between the Company and B. Riley Securities, Inc., as representative of the several underwriters (the “Underwriters”) for net proceeds of $102.3 million. At the closing, the Company issued 42,307,692 shares of common stock, inclusive of 3,846,154 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the full exercise of the Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock. The Company used the net proceeds for the redemption of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. Treasury Stock On February 4, 2016, the Company announced that the Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to $100.0 million of its outstanding common stock for 12 to 18 months following the announcement. In 2016, the Company repurchased approximately 1.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock under this program for an aggregate repurchase price of $40.0 million. There were no share repurchases subsequent to 2016. In 2018, in connection with execution of the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company received approximately 6.0 million shares of Synchronoss common stock, which have been recorded as Treasury shares as of December 31, 2020. Additionally, in 2018 the 94 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Company retired 3.9 million shares of common stock that were previously repurchased in prior years. Any related additional paid in capital and par values were removed from the common stock numbers. In the second quarter of 2021, the entire balance of Treasury Stock was sold in the underwritten public offering. Treasury Stock balance is zero as of December 31, 2021. Preferred Stock The Board of Directors is authorized to issue preferred shares and has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of preferred stock. Series B Non-Convertible Preferred Stock On June 30, 2021, the Company closed a private placement of 75,000 shares of its Series B Perpetual Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, with an initial liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), for net proceeds of $72.8 million (the “Series B Transaction”). The sale of the Series B Preferred Stock was pursuant to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2021 (the “Series B Purchase Agreement”), between the Company and B. Riley Principal Investments, LLC (“BRPI”). In connection with the closing of the Series B Transaction, the Company (i) filed a Certificate of Designation with the State of Delaware setting forth the rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions and limitations on the Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Certificate”) and (ii) entered into an Investor Rights Agreement with B. Riley Financial, Inc. (“B. Riley Financial”) and BRPI setting forth certain governance and registration rights of B. Riley Financial with respect to the Company. Certificate of Designation of the Series B Preferred Stock The rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions and limitations of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are set forth in the Series B Certificate. Under the Series B Certificate, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, on each share of Series B Preferred Stock on a quarterly basis, an amount equal to the dividend rate, as described in the following sentence, divided by four and multiplied by the then-applicable Liquidation Preference per share of Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Dividends”). The dividend rate is (1) 9.5% per annum for the period commencing on June 30, 2021 and ending on and including December 31, 2021, (2) 13% per annum for the year commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on and including December 31, 2022; and (3) 14% per annum for the year commencing on January 1, 2023 and thereafter. The Preferred Dividends will be due in cash on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each, a “Series B Dividend Payment Date”). The Company may choose to pay the Series B Preferred Dividends in cash or in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock. In the event the Company does not declare and pay a dividend in cash on any Series B Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid amount of the Preferred Dividend will be added to the Liquidation Preference. As of December 31, 2021, the Liquidation Value and Redemption Value of the Series B Preferred Shares was $78.6 million. On and after the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance, holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock will have the right to cause the Company to redeem each share of Series B Preferred Stock for cash in an amount equal to the sum of the current liquidation preference and any accrued dividends. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock will also be redeemable at the option of the holder upon the occurrence of a “Fundamental Change” at (i) par in the case of a payment in cash or (ii) 1.5 times par in the case of payment in shares of Common Stock (such shares being, “Registrable Securities”), subject to certain limitations on the amount of stock that could be issued to the holders of Series B Stock. In addition, the Company will be permitted to redeem outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock at any time for the sum of the then-applicable Liquidation Preference and the accrued but unpaid dividends. Pursuant to the Series B Certificate, the Company will be required to use (i) the first $50.0 million of proceeds from certain transactions (i.e., disposition, sale of assets, tax refunds) received by the Company to redeem for cash, shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, on a pro rata basis among each holder of Series B Preferred Stock and (ii) the next $25.0 million of proceeds from certain transactions received by the Company may be used by the Company to buy back shares of Common Stock and to the extent, not used for such purpose by the Company, to redeem, for cash, shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, on a pro rata basis among each holder of the Series B Preferred Stock. The Company is required to obtain the prior written consent of the holders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock before taking certain actions, including: (i) certain dividends, repayments and redemptions; (ii) any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation that adversely affects the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series B Preferred Stock; and (iii) issuances of stock ranking senior or equivalent to shares of 95 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) the Series B Preferred Stock (including additional shares of the Series B Preferred Stock) in the priority of payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Other than with respect to the foregoing consent rights, the Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting stock. Investor Rights Agreement On June 30, 2021, the Company, B. Riley Financial and BRPI entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, for so long as affiliates of B. Riley Financial beneficially own at least 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (unless such equity threshold percentage is not met due to dilution from equity issuances), B. Riley Financial is entitled to nominate one Class II director (the “B. Riley Nominee”) to the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), who shall be an employee of B. Riley Financial or its affiliates and is approved by the Board, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. For so long as affiliates of B. Riley Financial beneficially own 5% or more but less than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (unless such equity threshold percentage is not met due to dilution from equity issuances), B. Riley Financial is entitled to certain board observer rights. A summary of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock balance at December 31, 2021 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2021, are presented below: Balance at December 31, 2020 Issuance of Series B preferred stock Issuance costs related to preferred stock Balance at December 31, 2021 Series B Preferred Stock Shares Amount — $ 75 — 75 $ — 75,000 (2,495) 72,505 On January 3, 2022 the Company paid the accrued Series B Perpetual Non-Convertible Preferred Stock dividend of $1.8 million in the form of cash. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock In accordance with the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement dated as of October 17, 2017 (the “PIPE Purchase Agreement”), with Silver Private Holdings I, LLC, an affiliate of Siris (“Silver”), on February 15, 2018, the Company issued to Silver 185,000 shares of its newly issued Series A Convertible Participating Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), par value $0.0001 per share, with an initial liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, in exchange for $97.7 million in cash and the transfer from Silver to the Company of the 5,994,667 shares of the Company’s common stock held by Silver (the “Preferred Transaction”). Certificate of Designation of the Series A Preferred Stock The rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions and limitations of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are set forth in the Series A Certificate. Under the Series A Certificate, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock were entitled to receive, on each share of Series A Preferred Stock on a quarterly basis, an amount equal to the dividend rate of 14.5% divided by four and multiplied by the then-applicable Liquidation Preference (as defined in the Series A Certificate) per share of Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Series A Preferred Dividends”). The Series A Preferred Dividends were due on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each, a “Series A Dividend Payment Date”). The Company had the option to choose to pay the Series A Preferred Dividends in cash or in additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Company did not declare and pay a dividend in-kind or in cash on any Series A Dividend Payment Date, the unpaid amount of the Series A Preferred Dividend was added to the Liquidation Preference. Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock The net proceeds from the common stock public offering, Senior Note offering and the Series B Transaction was used in part to fully redeem all outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock on June 30, 2021 (the “Redemption”). 96 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) The Company redeemed in full all of the 268,917 outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate Redemption Price of $278.7 million and all rights under the Investor Rights Agreement relating to the Series A Preferred Stock were terminated effective with the Redemption. No Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding or authorized as of December 31, 2021. In addition, on June 30, 2021, in connection with the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Investor Rights Agreement between the Company and Silver terminated. A summary of the Company’s Series A Convertible Participating Perpetual Preferred Stock balance at December 31, 2021 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2021, are presented below: Balance at December 31, 2020 Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs Issuance of preferred PIK dividend Payment of preferred dividend Redemption of Series A preferred shares Balance at December 31, 2021 Series A Preferred Stock Shares Amount 250 $ — 19 — (269) — $ 237,641 12,791 18,485 9,748 (278,665) — The Company and Siris Capital Group, LLC (“Siris”) entered into an Advisory Services Agreement dated as of May 18, 2020 under which Siris may provide consulting and advisory services to the Company on operational, business, financial and strategic matters. All obligations related to this Advisory Services Agreement were paid by the Company and the Advisory Services Agreement was terminated as of June 30, 2021. 14. Stock Plans In March 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). The 2015 Plan replaces the Company’s prior 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”) and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) (collectively, the “Plans”). Beginning March 2015, all awards were granted under the 2015 Plan. In addition, any awards that were previously granted under any prior Plans that terminate without issuance of shares, shall be eligible for issuance under the 2015 Plan. Under the 2015 Plan, the Company may grant to its employees, outside directors and consultants awards in the form of non-qualified stock options, shares of restricted stock, stock units, or stock appreciation rights and performance shares. The Company’s Board of Directors administers the Plan and is responsible for determining the individuals to be granted options or shares, the number of options or shares each individual will receive, the price per share and the exercise period of each option. On June 10, 2021, the Company’s stockholders approved the amendment and restatement of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock issuable thereunder by 3.0 million shares from 26,297,175 shares to a new aggregate total of 29,297,175 shares. On December 15, 2017, the Compensation Committee adopted the 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan (“2017 New Hire Plan”), which is intended to be exempt from the stockholder approval requirements under the “inducement grant exception” provided by the Inducement Rule. The Committee authorized the issuance of up to 1.5 million Common Shares to new hires, with the purpose of promoting the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) providing for the attraction and retention of new employees with exceptional qualifications, (b) encouraging new employees to focus on critical long-range objectives, and (c) linking new employees directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. As required by the Inducement Rule, the Company issues a press release promptly upon issuing shares to new employees pursuant to the 2017 New Hire Plan. On November 1, 2021 Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan was amended to increase the maximum number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the 2017 Incentive Plan by 566,711 shares from 1,500,000 shares to a new aggregate total of 2,066,711 shares. 97 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) As of December 31, 2021, there were 1.6 million shares available for the grant or award under the Company’s 2015 Plan and 0.5 million shares available for the grant or award under the Company’s 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan. The Company’s performance cash awards granted to executives under the Long Term Incentive (“LTI”) Plans have been accounted for as liability awards, due to the Company’s intent and the ability to settle such awards in cash upon vesting and has reflected such awards in accrued expenses. As of December 31, 2021, the liability for such awards is approximately $0.4 million. Stock-Based Compensation The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense related to all of the Company’s stock awards included by operating expense categories, as follows: Cost of revenues Research and development Selling, general and administrative Total stock-based compensation expense Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ $ 1,593 $ 2,862 4,850 9,305 $ 2,409 $ 4,380 4,348 11,137 $ 2,929 4,227 15,094 22,250 The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense related to all of the Company’s stock awards included by award types, as follows: Stock options Restricted stock awards Performance Based Cash Units Total stock-based compensation before taxes Tax benefit Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 3,748 $ 5,364 193 9,305 1,750 $ 1,308 $ 9,743 86 11,137 1,815 $ 7,348 14,775 127 22,250 3,455 $ $ The total stock-based compensation cost related to unvested equity awards as of December 31, 2021 was approximately $9.5 million. The expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.2 years. The total stock-based compensation cost related to unvested performance-based cash units as of December 31, 2021 was approximately $0.6 million. The expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.0 years. Stock Options Options that were granted under the Company’s 2000, 2006 and 2015 Plans generally vest 25% on the first-year anniversary of the date of grant plus an additional 1/48th for each month of continuous service thereafter. Options that were granted under the Company’s 2010 Plan generally vest 50% on the second-year anniversary and an additional 1/48th for each month of continuous service thereafter. Incentive options that were granted under the 2000 and 2006 Plans generally vest 25% on the first-year anniversary on the date of grant and an additional 1/48th for each month of continuous service thereafter. Other than as set forth above, there were no significant changes to the Company’s Stock Option Plans during the year ended December 31, 2021. 98 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for determining the estimated fair value for stock options. The weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are as follows: Expected stock price volatility Risk-free interest rate Expected life of options (in years) Expected dividend yield Weighted-average fair value (PSV) of the options Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 82.3 % 0.7 % 4.23 0.0 % 1.83 $ 74.5 % 1.0 % 4.47 0.0 % 2.79 $ 69.6 % 1.9 % 4.34 0.0 % 3.82 $ The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2021: Options Outstanding at December 31, 2020 Options Granted Options Exercised Options Cancelled Outstanding at December 31, 2021 Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2021 Number of Options Weighted-Average Exercise Price Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value 4,423 $ 2,209 — (1,917) 4,715 $ 1,404 $ 9.60 3.01 — 9.55 6.53 12.86 5.11 $ 3.36 $ 6 — The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was nil and nil, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was nil and $2.0 thousand, respectively. Awards of Restricted Stock and Performance Stock Restricted stock awards (“Restricted Stock”) granted under the Company’s Plans generally vest 25% of the applicable shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter an additional 1/16th for each three months of continuous service. Generally, performance stock awards granted under the Company’s 2015 Plan vest at the end of a three-year period based on service and achievement of certain performance objectives determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. There were no significant changes to the Company’s restricted stock award (“Restricted Stock”) and performance stock plan during the year ended December 31, 2021. A summary of the Company’s unvested restricted stock at December 31, 2021, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2021, is presented below: Unvested Restricted Stock Unvested at December 31, 2020 Granted Vested Forfeited Unvested at December 31, 2021 Number of Awards Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value 1,510 $ 2,404 (888) (452) 2,574 $ 7.05 3.01 7.48 4.23 3.57 99 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Restricted stock awards are granted subject to other service conditions or service and performance conditions (“Performance-Based Awards”). Restricted stock and Performance-Based Awards are measured at the closing stock price at the date of grant and are recognized straight line over the requisite service period. Performance Based Cash Units Performance based cash units (PBCU) generally vest at the end of a three-year period based on service and achievement of certain performance objectives determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The PBCU can be settled in cash or in equity as determined by the Compensation Committee. A summary of the Company’s unvested performance-based cash units at December 31, 2021 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2021, is presented below: Unvested Cash Units Unvested at December 31, 2020 Granted 1 Granted adjustment Vested Forfeited Unvested at December 31, 2021 Number of Awards Period end Fair Value 907 $ 2,078 (307) (30) (652) 1,996 $ 4.70 2.44 ________________________________ 1 Includes changes in the unvested units due to performance adjustments Performance based cash units are measured at the closing stock price at the reporting period end date and are recognized straight line over the requisite service period. The expense for the period will increase or decrease based on updated fair values of these awards as well as the percentage achievement of the performance metrics at each reporting date. 15. 401(k) Plan The Company has a 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) covering all eligible employees. The 401(k) Plan allows for a discretionary employer match. The Company incurred and expensed $2.5 million, $2.9 million, and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in 401(k) Plan match contributions. 16. Restructuring The Company continues to identify workforce optimization opportunities to better align the Company’s resources with its key strategic priorities. A summary of the Company’s restructuring accrual at December 31, 2021 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2021, are presented below: Employment termination costs $ 1,580 $ 5,189 $ (3,393) $ (129) $ 3,247 Balance at December 31, 2020 Charges Payments Other Adjustments Balance at December 31, 2021 100 Table of Content 17. Income Taxes SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) The components of income or (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes are as follows: Domestic Foreign Total 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ (49,337) $ 19,062 (30,275) $ (43,457) $ 5,991 (37,466) $ (104,445) 3,152 (101,293) The components of income tax (expense) benefit from continuing operations are as follows: Current: Federal State Foreign Deferred: Federal State Foreign Income tax benefit (provision) 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 $ $ 6,852 $ (78) (1,257) 9 (70) 1,721 7,177 $ 30,365 $ 56 (3,643) 262 (229) 297 27,108 $ (208) 46 (2,048) (28) (17) 81 (2,174) The Company recognized approximately $7.2 million and $27.1 million in related income tax benefit during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The effective tax rate was approximately 23.7% for the year ended December 31, 2021, which was higher than the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to the benefit of the CARES Act provision allowing for a 5 year carryback of Net Operating Losses arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020. This tax benefit was partially offset in our effective tax rate by unfavorable permanent book-tax differences. The Company’s effective tax rate was approximately 72.4% for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was higher than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the benefit of the CARES Act provision allowing for a 5 year carryback of Net Operating Losses arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020. 101 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Reconciliations of the statutory tax rates and the effective tax rates from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows: Statutory rate State taxes, net of federal benefit Effect of rates different than statutory Minority interest Non-deductible Bad Debt Stock based compensation Foreign Basis Differences Regulatory matters Other permanent differences Research and development credit Change in valuation allowance Uncertain tax positions Other Investment in JV Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax and Related Elections NOL Carryback and Other Refund Claims Effective tax rate 2021 Year Ended December 31, 2020 2019 21.0 % (0.4)% 2.3 % (0.1)% — % (5.1)% 6.3 % (8.7)% (2.5)% 0.9 % 7.7 % (4.3)% (0.3)% — % (8.5)% — % 15.4 % 23.7 % 21.0 % (0.5)% (2.1)% 0.2 % (2.9)% (6.1)% 9.8 % — % (0.9)% 6.5 % (3.2)% (0.7)% 1.1 % — % 3.9 % 0.9 % 45.4 % 72.4 % 21.0 % (0.8)% (4.3)% 0.2 % — % (2.5)% — % — % (0.3)% 0.5 % 6.7 % 0.6 % (1.2)% (1.7)% (3.3)% (17.0)% — % (2.1)% 102 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows: Deferred tax assets: Accrued liabilities Deferred revenue Bad debts reserve Deferred compensation Federal net operating loss carry forwards State net operating loss carry forwards Foreign net operating loss carry forwards Lease Obligations Capital loss carry forward Intangible assets Basis difference Credits Fixed Assets Interest Limitation Other Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Basis difference Depreciation and amortization Prepaids Lease Assets Other Total deferred tax liabilities Less: valuation allowance Net deferred income tax (liabilities) assets As of December 31, 2021 2020 $ $ $ $ 1,290 $ 3,057 2,270 6,236 13,419 9,332 9,001 8,262 6,120 6,100 6,268 9,720 1,281 1,232 97 83,685 $ (2,621) $ (2,109) (604) (4,978) (492) (10,804) (73,441) (560) $ 1,660 5,410 2,248 6,816 8,876 7,415 10,036 10,142 10,365 6,153 6,256 9,720 1,249 — 26 86,372 (1,555) (5,171) — (6,121) (439) (13,286) (74,961) (1,875) As of December 31, 2021, the Company has federal and state income tax net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $63.9 million and $149.4 million, respectively, including NOL carryforwards which will expire at various dates from 2022 through 2040, and NOL carryforwards which do not expire. The Company also has foreign NOL carryforwards in various jurisdictions of $91.8 million that have various carryforward periods. Such NOL carryforwards expire as follows: Year 2022 2023 2024 - 2039 Indefinite Total NOL carryforward $ $ 2,222 2,857 184,107 115,875 305,061 In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable income, 103 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) the Company begins with historical results and incorporates assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax-planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company is using to manage the underlying businesses. The foreign NOL carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included unrecognized tax benefits taken in prior years. The NOLs for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes in accordance with ASC 740 are presented net of these unrecognized tax benefits. The Company continues to evaluate the ability to realize all of its net deferred tax assets at each reporting date and records a benefit for deferred tax assets to the extent it has deferred tax liabilities that provide a source of income to benefit the deferred tax asset. As a result of this analysis, the Company recorded a valuation allowance against the net deferred tax assets of certain foreign jurisdictions as the realization of these assets is not more likely than not, given uncertainty of future earnings in these jurisdictions. The valuation allowance decreased by $1.5 million and increased by $1.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The decrease in tax year ended December 31, 2021 is primarily related to a decrease in deferred tax assets including deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease in deferred tax liabilities primarily associated with intangible assets during the period. The increase in tax year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to NOL and tax credits generated during the period and a decrease in deferred tax liabilities, partially offset by decreases in other deferred tax assets due to current year activity. The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s tax years for 2017 through 2020 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. With few exceptions, as of December 31, 2021, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local, or foreign examinations by tax authorities for years before 2016. Due to the amended returns filed to carryback NOLs under the CARES Act, U.S. federal tax returns for years 2013 – 2016 remain subject to future examination by the tax authorities. Additionally, to the extent we utilize our NOL carryforwards in the future, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the tax authorities in the future period when the attribute is utilized. During 2021 the Internal Revenue Service commenced an audit of certain of the Company’s prior year U.S. federal income tax filings, including the 2015 through 2020 tax years. The Company does not believe that the results of this audit will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations. In 2017, the TCJA included a transition tax based on undistributed, untaxed foreign earnings analyzed in aggregate. The final analysis performed by the Company resulted in an overall untaxed deficit and no transition tax. In addition, no income taxes have been provided for any remaining undistributed foreign earnings not subject to the transition tax, or any additional outside basis difference inherent in these entities, as these amounts continue to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. Should the Company decide to repatriate the foreign earnings, it would need to adjust its income tax provision in the period it determined that the earnings will no longer be indefinitely invested outside the United States. Due to the timing and circumstances of repatriation of such earnings, if any, it is not practicable to determine the unrecognized deferred tax liability relating to such amounts. In March 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including temporary changes regarding the prior and future utilization of net operating losses. The CARES Act amends the Net Operating Loss provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, allowing for the carryback of losses arising in tax years 2018, 2019 and 2020, to each of the five taxable years preceding the taxable year of loss. On March 11, 2021 the American Rescue Plan Act ("ARPA") was signed into law which is aimed at addressing the continuing economic and health impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. This legislation relief, along with the previous governmental relief packages provide for numerous changes to current tax law. ARPA does not materially impact the Company’s financial statements in the year ending December 31, 2021. 104 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) A reconciliation of the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest, are as follows: Balance at December 31, 2018 Decrease related to Lapse of Statute of Limitations Balance at December 31, 2019 Decrease related to Lapse of Statute of Limitations Increase for tax positions of current period Balance at December 31, 2020 Decrease related to Lapse of Statute of Limitations Increase for tax positions of current period Balance at December 31, 2021 Unrecognized tax benefits $ $ 3,972 (703) 3,269 (262) 276 3,283 (827) 2,058 4,514 Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, are $3.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits excludes accrued interest of $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $1.0 million of its currently unrecognized tax benefits primarily related to research and development credits and uncertain tax benefits in non-U.S. jurisdictions, which are individually insignificant, may be recognized by the end of 2022 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations. 105 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 18. Earnings per Common Share (“EPS”) Basic EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS is computed based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method and the average market price of the Company’s common stock for the year. The Company includes participating securities (Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock - Participation with Dividends on Common Stock that contain preferred dividend) in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method of computing earnings per share is an allocation method that calculates earnings per share for common stock and participating securities. During periods of net loss, no effect is given to the participating securities because they do not share in the losses of the Company. The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net income attributable to common stockholders per common share from operations. Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2019 2021 Numerator - Basic: Net loss from operations Net income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interests Preferred stock dividend Net loss attributable to Synchronoss Numerator - Diluted: Net loss from operations attributable to Synchronoss Net loss attributable to Synchronoss Denominator: Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic Earnings (loss) per share: Basic Diluted Anti-dilutive stock options excluded $ $ $ $ $ $ (23,098) $ 156 (35,509) (58,451) $ (10,358) $ (344) (37,981) (48,683) $ (103,467) (1,126) (32,134) (136,727) (58,451) $ (58,451) $ (48,683) $ (48,683) $ (136,727) (136,727) 64,734 41,950 40,694 (0.90) $ (0.90) $ (1.16) $ (1.16) $ — — (3.36) (3.36) — 106 SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) Table of Content 19. Commitments Non-cancelable agreements The Company has various non-cancelable arrangements such as services for hosting, support, and software that expire at various dates, with the latest expiration in 2025. Aggregate annual future minimum payments under non-cancelable agreements as of December 31, 2021 are as follows: Year 2022 2023 2024 2025 and thereafter Total 20. Legal Matters Non-cancelable agreements $ $ 26,028 16,276 13,313 9,699 65,316 In the ordinary course of business, the Company is regularly subject to various claims, suits, regulatory inquiries and investigations. The Company records a liability for specific legal matters when it determines that the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome is probable, and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Management has also identified certain other legal matters where they believe an unfavorable outcome is not probable and, therefore, no reserve is established. Although management currently believes that resolving claims against the Company, including claims where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible, will not have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and management’s view of these matters may change in the future. The Company also evaluates other contingent matters, including income and non-income tax contingencies, to assess the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome and estimated extent of potential loss. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of one or more of these lawsuits or other contingencies could have a material impact on the liquidity, results of operations, or financial condition of the Company. On May 1, 2017, May 2, 2017, June 8, 2017 and June 14, 2017, four putative class actions were filed against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the “Securities Law Action”). After these cases were consolidated, the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the “Court”) appointed as lead plaintiff Employees’ Retirement System of the State of Hawaii, which filed, on November 20, 2017, a consolidated complaint purportedly on behalf of purchasers of the Company’s common stock between February 3, 2016 and June 13, 2017. On February 2, 2018, the defendants moved to dismiss the consolidated complaint in its entirety, with prejudice. Before that motion was decided, on August 24, 2018, lead plaintiff filed a consolidated amended complaint purportedly on behalf of purchasers of the Company’s common stock between October 28, 2014 and June 13, 2017. On June 28, 2019, the Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint in its entirety, without prejudice, allowing lead plaintiff leave to amend its complaint. On August 14, 2019, lead plaintiff filed a second amended complaint. The second amended complaint asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it alleges, among other things, that the defendants made false and misleading statements of material information concerning the Company’s financial results, business operations, and prospects. The plaintiff seeks unspecified damages, fees, interest, and costs. On October 4, 2019, the defendants moved to dismiss the second amended complaint in its entirety. On May 29, 2020, the Court granted in part and denied in part defendants’ motion to dismiss the second amended complaint, without prejudice. Plaintiff filed its motion for class certification on October 30, 2020. On September 15, 2017, October 24, 2017, October 27, 2017 and October 30, 2017, Company shareholders filed derivative lawsuits against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors and the Company (as nominal defendant) in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the “Derivative Suits”). On May 24, 2018, the Court consolidated the Derivative Suits and appointed Lisa LeBoeuf as lead plaintiff. The lead plaintiff designated as the Operative Complaint the complaint she previously had filed on October 27, 2017. On March 11, 2019, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Operative Complaint, which the Court granted in substantial part on November 26, 2019. On December 10, 2019, the defendants filed a motion for reconsideration respecting the only claim to survive the motion to dismiss. On June 12, 2020, 107 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) the Court granted the defendants’ motion for reconsideration and dismissed the remaining claim without prejudice, allowing lead plaintiff leave to amend her complaint. On July 13, 2020, lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint. The amended complaint alleges claims related to breaches of fiduciary duties and unjust enrichment. The amended complaint’s allegations relate to substantially the same facts as those underlying the Securities Law Action described above. On April 30, 2021, the Court dismissed Plaintiff’s amended complaint in its entirety. Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal on May 28, 2021. On March 7, 2019, Synchronoss shareholders, Beth Daniel and Juan Solis, filed a separate derivative lawsuit against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors and the Company (as nominal defendant) in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, asserting substantially the same allegations as those underlying the Derivative Suits and the Securities Law Action described above (the “Delaware Litigation”). Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and for the Company to take steps to improve its corporate governance and internal procedures. On May 20, 2019, the parties stipulated to a stay of the action pending a ruling on the pending motion to dismiss in the Derivative Suits. On June 11, 2020 and June 12, 2020, Company shareholders filed derivative lawsuits against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors and the Company (as nominal defendant) in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (the “Demand Refused Derivative Complaints” and together with the Delaware Litigation and the Derivative Suits, the “Derivative Actions”). The Demand Refused Derivative Complaints allege claims related to breaches of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and alleged violations of securities laws. The complainants’ allegations relate substantially to the same facts as those underlying the Securities Law Action described above. The Demand Refused Derivative Complaints further allege that each plaintiff made a demand upon the Company’s Board of Directors to investigate the alleged misconduct and that such demand was wrongfully refused. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and for the Company to take steps to improve its corporate governance and internal procedures. On October 20, 2020, the Court consolidated the actions and appointed co-lead plaintiffs. On December 4, 2020, co-lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. On February 3, 2021, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint. On May 7, 2021, a mediation took place concerning the Securities Law Action and the Derivative Actions. On August 19, 2021, the parties to the Securities Law Action entered into a stipulation of settlement. The Court preliminarily approved the proposed settlement in the Securities Law Action on August 25, 2021, and approved final settlement at the hearing on December 8, 2021. On September 9, 2021, the parties to the Derivative Actions entered into a stipulation of settlement. The Court preliminarily approved the proposed settlement in the Derivative Actions on September 14, 2021, and approved the final settlement on December 13, 2021. The Securities Law Action and the Derivative Actions did not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, prospects, or results of operations as the settlements were within insurance policy limits. The Securities Law Action and the Derivative Actions have been dismissed in all venues and the settlements have been funded. In the third quarter of 2017, the SEC and Department of Justice initiated investigations in connection with the June 2017 Announcement and certain transactions that the Company restated in the third quarter of 2018. The Company has received subpoenas, produced documents, and provided additional information to the government in connection with those investigations. On June 22, 2021, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff verbally notified the Company that the staff has made a preliminary determination to recommend that the SEC initiate an enforcement action against the Company. This is in connection with certain financial transactions that the Company effected in 2015 and 2016 and its disclosure of and accounting for such transactions, which the Company restated in the third quarter of 2018 in its restated annual and quarterly financial statements for 2015 and 2016. That restatement followed the Company’s announcement, on June 13, 2017 (the “June 2017 Announcement”), that certain of its prior financial statements would need to be restated. Certain individuals, including certain former members of Synchronoss’ management team, received similar notifications. The Company remains in discussions with the SEC staff regarding the prospect of resolving this matter through settlement. If the Company is unable to resolve this matter through settlement then it would expect to receive a “Wells notice” from the SEC staff in connection with this matter. Although a Wells notice is neither a formal charge of wrongdoing nor a final determination that the recipient has violated any law, it is a formal notice that the SEC intends to bring an enforcement action against the recipient. Upon receipt of a Wells notice, the recipient has the opportunity to respond to the SEC staff’s position before any formal enforcement action is taken. Due to the inherent uncertainties of government investigations, the Company cannot predict the outcome of these government investigations or the SEC staff’s preliminary determination at this time and can give no assurance that the asserted claims will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, prospects, or results of operations. Except as set forth above, the Company is not currently subject to any other legal proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on its operations; however, the Company may from time to time become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. 108 Table of Content SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted) 21. Subsequent Events Divestiture of DXP and Activation Solutions On March 7, 2022, Synchronoss and iQmetrix Global Ltd. (“iQmetrix ”), entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which Synchronoss has agreed to sell its Digital Experience Platform and activation solutions (the “DXP Business”) to iQmetrix (the “Transaction”) for up to a total purchase price of $14,000,000, and iQmetrix has agreed to assume liabilities of the DXP Business. The purchase price is payable as follows: (i) $10,500,000 on the closing date of the Transaction (the “Closing Date”), (ii) $500,000 deposited into an escrow account on the Closing Date, (iii) $1,000,000 paid twelve (12) months from the Closing Date, and (iv) $2,000,000 that may be payable as an earn-out, consisting of up to $1,000,000 payable after one (1) year from the Closing Date and up to $1,000,000 payable after two (2) years from the Closing Date, in each case if specified revenue targets are satisfied. The Purchase Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions. The completion of the Transaction is subject to iQmetrix obtaining sufficient financing to pay the purchase price and the satisfaction or waiver of customary closing conditions. At the closing of the Transaction, iQmetrix will license the DXP software back to Synchronoss for internal use. 22. Additional Financial Information Other income (expense) The following table sets forth the components of Other income (expense) included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations: 1 FX gains (losses) 2 Government refunds 3 Income from sale of intangible assets 4 Others ________________________________ Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2020 2021 2019 $ $ (5,810) $ 450 550 (67) (4,877) $ 4,234 $ 1,597 3,477 227 9,535 $ 31 1,039 5,518 801 7,389 1 2 Fair value of foreign exchange gains and losses Represents government and tax refunds Represents gain on sale on the Company’s IP addresses and patents Represents an aggregate of individually immaterial transactions 3 4 109 Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE Not applicable. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and our Chief Financial Officer, or CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, with the participation of our CEO and CFO, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2021. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2021. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2021 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. Ernst & Young LLP has issued their report which is included elsewhere herein. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with the evaluation of our controls performed during the year ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Limitations on Controls Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives as specified above. Management does not expect, however, that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, is based upon certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that its objectives will be met. Further, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. 110 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.: Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes and financial statements listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2) and our report dated March 15, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Iselin, New Jersey March 15, 2022 111 Table of Contents ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PART III a. Identification of Directors. Information concerning the directors of Synchronoss is set forth under the heading “Election of Directors” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. b. Audit Committee Financial Expert. Information concerning Synchronoss’ audit committee financial expert is set forth under the heading “Audit Committee” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. c. Identification of the Audit Committee. Information concerning the audit committee of Synchronoss is set forth under the heading “Audit Committee” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. d. Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports. Information concerning non-compliance, if any, with beneficial ownership reporting requirements is set forth under the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. e. Information about our Executive Officers. Information concerning the executive officers of Synchronoss is set forth under the heading “Information about our Executive Officers” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. Code of Ethics. Information concerning the Synchronoss Workplace Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is set forth under the caption “Workplace Code of Ethics and Business Conduct” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. The Company intends to disclose on its website any amendments to, or waivers from, its Code of Business Conduct that are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC. Information contained on, or connected to, our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report and should not be considered part of this report or any other filing that we make with the SEC. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Information concerning executive compensation is set forth under the headings “Compensation of Executive Officers” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Information concerning shares of Synchronoss equity securities beneficially owned by certain beneficial owners and by management is set forth under the heading “Equity Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is set forth under the heading “Certain Related Party Transactions” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 112 Table of Contents ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES Information concerning fees and services of the Company’s principal accountants is set forth under the heading “Report of the Audit Committee” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS (a)(1) Financial Statements: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Operations Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Financial Statements (a)(2) Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019: II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Page No. 61 63 64 65 66 67 69 All other Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K thereto. (a)(3) Exhibits: Exhibit No. Description 3.1 Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080). 3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080). 3.3 Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2018. 3.4 Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2021. 3.5 Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Participating Perpetual Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2018. 3.6 Certificate of Elimination of the Series A Convertible Participating Perpetual Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2021. 3.7 Certificate of Designations of the Series B Perpetual Non-Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2021. 4.1 Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 3.7. 4.2 Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2000, by and among the Registrant and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080). 4.3 Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto and Silicon Valley Bank, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080). 4.4 Form of Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-132080) 4.5 Form of Indenture for Convertible Senior Notes, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-197871) 113 Table of Contents Exhibit No. Description 4.6 Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 4.7 Base Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2021, by and between Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2021. 4.8 First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 30, 2021, by and between Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2021. Investor Rights Agreement by and between Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., B. Riley Financial, Inc. and B. Riley Principal Investments, LLC dated June 30, 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2021. 4.9 4.10 Form of 8.375% Senior Note, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A of Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2021. 10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080). 10.2† Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080). 10.3† Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080). 10.4† 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Schedule 14A dated April 8, 2010. 10.5† 2010 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑8 (Commission File No. 333‑168745). 10.6† Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, amended and restated as of April 9, 2021, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-257097) filed June 14, 2021. 10.7† 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2017. 10.8† Amendment No. 1 effective as of November 1, 2021 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan. 10.9† Employee Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2011. 10.10 Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Wells Reit-Bridgewater NJ, LLC for the premises located at 200 Crossing Boulevard, Bridgewater, New Jersey, dated as of October 27, 2011, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2011. 10.11‡ Cingular Master Services Agreement, effective September 1, 2005 by and between the Registrant and Cingular Wireless LLC, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2008. 10.12‡ Subordinate Material and Services Agreement No. SG021306.S.025 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc. dated as of August 1, 2013, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, including order numbers SG021306.S.025.S.001, SG021306.S.025.S.002, SG021306.S.025.S.003 and SG021306.S.025.S.004, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q/A for the quarter ended September 30, 2013. 10.13‡ Amendment 1 effective as of January 1, 2016 to Subordinate Material and Services Agreement No. SG021306.S.025 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 10.14‡ Order No.SG021306.S.025.S.007 effective as of January 1, 2016 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 10.15‡ Amendment No. 1 effective as of January 1, 2016 to Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.001 dated as of August 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc. together with Amended and Restated Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 10.16‡ Amendment No. 2 effective as of January 1, 2016 to Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.002 dated as of August 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc., together with Amended and Restated Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.002, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 10.17‡ Amendment No. 3 effective as of January 1, 2016 to Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.003 dated as of August 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc. incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 10.18‡ Amendment No. 4 effective as of January 1, 2016 to Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.003 dated as of August 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc., together with Amended and Restated Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.003, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 10.19‡ Amendment No. 5 effective as of January 1, 2016 to Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.004 dated as of August 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc. together with Amended and Restated Order No. SG021306.S.025.S.004, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016. 10.20† Employment Agreement dated as of April 27, 2017 between the Registrant and Stephen G. Waldis, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018. 10.21† Tier One Executive Employment Plan effective March 24, 2017, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018. 10.22† Executive Employment Letter dated as of August 9, 2018 between the Registrant and David Clark, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2018 filed on November 9, 2018. 114 Table of Contents Exhibit No. Description 10.23 Application Service Provider Agreement retroactively effective as of April 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and Verizon Sourcing LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 filed on August 9, 2018. 10.24 Change Request No 8 effective January 1, 2018 to SOW No. 1 Application Service Provider Agreement effective as of April 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and Verizon Sourcing LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 filed on August 9, 2018. 10.25 At Market Issuance Sales Agreement between Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and B. Riley Securities, Inc., dated October 25, 2021 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2021. 10.26‡ Change Request No 12 effective August 7, 2020 to SOW No.1 Application Service Provider Agreement effective as of April 1, 2013 by and between the Registrant and Verizon Sourcing LLC., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2020 filed on November 9, 2020. 10.27† Employment agreement dated as of March 8, 2021 between the Registrant and Jeff Miller, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 filed May 5, 2021. 10.28† Transition and Separation Agreement dated June 16, 2021 between the Registrant and David Clark, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 filed August 9, 2021. 10.29† Tier One Executive Employment Plan dated July 27, 2021 between the Registrant and Christina Gabrys, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021 filed November 9, 2021. 10.30† Transition and Separation Agreement dated September 2, 2021 between the Registrant and Ronald Prague, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2021 filed November 9, 2021. 10.31† Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 2021 between the Registrant and Taylor Greenwald. 21.1 List of subsidiaries, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 filed on July 2, 2018. 23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 31.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002 31.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002 32.1** Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(b) of the Exchange Act and section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002 32.2** Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(b) of the Exchange Act and section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH XBRL Schema Document 101.CAL XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 101.LAB XBRL Labels Linkbase Document 101.PRE XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document _______________________________________________________ † Compensation Arrangement. ‡ Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain provisions of this exhibit. ** This certification is being furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the registrant, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. (b) Exhibits. See (a)(3) above. (c) Financial Statement Schedule. 115 Table of Contents ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019 Allowance for credit losses: 2021 2020 2019 Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets: 2021 2020 2019 Additions Reductions Ending Balance (In thousands) 650 897 6,045 $ $ $ (715) (2,218) (8,780) $ $ $ 478 543 1,864 Additions Reductions Ending Balance (In thousands) 3,306 7,402 3,843 $ $ $ (4,826) (5,787) (11,561) $ $ $ 73,441 74,961 73,346 Beginning Balance 543 1,864 4,599 Beginning Balance 74,961 73,346 81,064 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 116 Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (Registrant) /s/ Jeff Miller Jeff Miller Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Taylor Greenwald Taylor Greenwald Chief Financial Officer March 15, 2022 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature /s/ Jeff Miller Jeff Miller /s/ Taylor Greenwald Taylor Greenwald /s/ Stephen Waldis Stephen Waldis /s/ Laurie L. Harris Laurie L. Harris /s/ Kristin S. Rinne Kristin S. Rinne /s/ Mohan Gyani Mohan Gyani /s/ Martin Bernstein Martin Bernstein Title Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Director Executive Chairman Director Director Director Director 117 Date March 15, 2022 March 15, 2022 March 15, 2022 March 15, 2022 March 15, 2022 March 15, 2022 March 15, 2022 Exhibit 4.6 DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 The following descriptions of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and debt securities of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (“us,” “our,” “we,” or the “Company”), which are the only security of the Company registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are only summaries and do not purport to be complete. The description of the common stock summarizes certain information regarding the Common Stock in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated by-laws and applicable provisions of Delaware general corporate law (the “DGCL”), and is qualified by reference to our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws, as amended, which are incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.1, Exhibit 3.2, Exhibit 3.3 and Exhibit 3.4, respectively, to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. The description of our debt securities is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the indenture dated as of June 30, 2021, between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by the first supplemental indentures (as supplemented, the “Indenture”), setting forth the terms and conditions of the 2026 Note (as defined below) and the form of 2026 Notes. Copies of the Indenture, including each supplement to the Indenture, and the form of 2026 Notes are incorporated as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K to which this Exhibit 4.6 is a part. Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, with a $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with a $0.0001 par value per share, 150,000 of which shares of preferred stock are designated Series B Perpetual Non-Convertible Preferred Stock. Common Stock Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “SNCR.” Voting Rights. Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Dividends. The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Liquidation and Dissolution. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Other Rights. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The transfer agent and registrar for the Company’s common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws Certain provisions of the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. Debt Securities 2026 Notes Maturity Date. The 8.375 Senior Notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) will mature on June 30, 2026, unless redeemed prior to maturity. Interest Rate and Payment Dates. 8.375% per year on the principal amount of the 2026 Notes, payable quarterly in arrears on January 31, April 30, July 31 and October 31 of each year, and at maturity. Interest on the 2026 Notes will accrue from the most recent interest payment date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the 2026 Notes, except that the 2026 Notes purchased after the record dates noted below, but prior to the interest payment date immediately following such record date (or if settlement of a purchase of the 2026 Notes otherwise occurs after such record date but prior to the interest payment date immediately following such record date), will not begin to accrue interest until the interest payment date immediately following such record date. The interest payable on each interest payment date will be paid only to the persons in whose names the notes are registered at the close of business on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 (and June 15 immediately preceding the maturity date), as applicable (whether or not a business day), immediately before the relevant interest payment date. Guarantors. None. Ranking. The 2026 Notes are senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of our existing and future senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The 2026 Notes will be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The 2026 Notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness (including trade payables) of our subsidiaries. The indenture governing the 2026 Notes does not limit the amount of indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries may incur or whether any such indebtedness can be secured by our assets. Optional Redemption. We may redeem the 2026 Notes for cash in whole or in part at any time at our option (i) on or after June 30, 2022 and prior to June 30, 2023, at a price equal to $25.75 per note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, (ii) on or after June 30, 2023 and prior to June 30, 2024, at a price equal to $25.50 per note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, (iii) on or after June 30, 2024 and prior to June 30, 2025, at a price equal to $25.25 per note, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, and (iv) on or after June 30, 2025 and prior to maturity, at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption. Sinking Fund. The 2026 Notes are not subject to any sinking fund (i.e., no amounts will be set aside by us to ensure repayment of the 2026 Notes at maturity). Events of Default. Events of default generally include failure to pay principal, failure to pay interest, failure to observe or perform any other covenant or warranty in the 2026 Notes or in the indenture, and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization. Certain Covenants. The indenture that governs the 2026 Notes contains certain covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability to merge or consolidate with or into any other entity. No Financial Covenants. The indenture relating to the 2026 Notes does not contain financial covenants. Modification or Waiver. There are changes that we can make to the Indenture and/or the 2026 Notes without the specific approval of the holders of the 2026 Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the 2026 Notes in any material respect. We cannot make certain changes to the 2026 Notes without the specific approval of each holder of the 2026 Notes, including changing the stated maturity, reducing the principal amount or rate of interest of any 2026 Notes, changing the place of payment, impairing the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment, reducing the percentage in principal amount of holders of the 2026 Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture and reducing the percentage in principal amount of holders of the 2026 Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indentures or to waive certain defaults. If the change only affects the 2026 Notes, it must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 2026 Notes. If the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the indenture, it must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of each of the series of debt securities affected by the change. Additional Notes. We may create and issue additional notes ranking equally and ratably with the 2026 Notes in all respects, so that such additional notes will constitute and form a single series with the 2026 Notes and will have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (except the price to public, the issue date and, if applicable, the initial interest accrual date and the initial interest payment date) as the 2026 Notes; provided that if any such additional notes are not fungible with the 2026 Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such additional notes will have one or more separate CUSIP numbers. Listing. The 2026 Notes are traded on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “SNCRL”. Form and Denomination. The 2026 Notes are issued in book-entry form in denominations of $25 and integral multiples thereof. The 2026 Notes are represented by a permanent global certificate deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Beneficial interests in any of the 2026 Notes will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect participants and any such interest may not be exchanged for certificated securities, except in limited circumstances. Trustee. The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. 2017 NEW HIRE EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN Exhibit 10.8 This Amendment No. 1 to the Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan (this “Amendment”) is effective as of November 1, 2021 and amends the Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) pursuant to Section 14.2 of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Amendment, all capitalized words or phrases or other defined terms used in this Amendment will have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Plan. 1. Section 3.1 of the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: “3.1 Basic Limitation. Common Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. Subject to Article 11, the aggregate number of Common Shares issued under the Plan shall not exceed (a) 2,066,711 Common Shares; plus (b) the additional Common Shares described in Section 3.2. The number of Common Shares that are subject to Awards outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Common Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to Section 3.2, the number of Common Shares that may be awarded under the Plan shall be reduced by one share for every Award under the Plan.” Except as expressly amended hereby, the Plan shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed. Adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors: November 1, 2021 Exhibit 10.31 THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of November 1, 2021 ("Commencement Date"), by and between Taylor Greenwald (the "Executive") and Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the '·Company"). Except as otherwise provided herein, defined terms are set forth in Section 10 below. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT I. Duties and Scope of Employment. (a) Position. For the term of his employment under this Agreement (the "Employment"), the Company agrees to employ Executive in the position of Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer. ln such role, Executive shall be the Company's principal financial officer for purposes of SEC reporting. Executive shall report to the Company's Chief Executive Officer or his or her designee. The Company's headquarters is located in Bridgewater, New Jersey. You will be required to travel to the Bridgewater location as needed. Your office location is remote Ohio. (b) Obligations to the Company. During his Employment, Executive (i) shall devote substantially all of his full business efforts and time to the Company, (ii) shall not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity that would create a conflict of interest with the Company, (iii) shall not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company or in preparing to compete with the Company, (iv) shall comply with the Company's policies and rules, as they may be in effect from time to time and (v) shall comply with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. This provision shall not restrict Executive's ability to sit on non-profit boards and, subject to Board approval, at least one corporate board. (c) No Conflicting Obligations. Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is under no obligations or commitments, whether contractual or otherwise, that are inconsistent with his obligations under this Agreement. Executive represents and warrants that he will not use or disclose, in connection with his Employment, any trade secrets or other proprietary information or intellectual property in which Executive or any other person has any right, title or interest and that his Employment will not infringe or violate the rights of any other person. Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he has returned all property and confidential information belonging to any prior employer. Indemnification/D&O Insurance. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the Company's by-laws, the Company (d) shall indemnify (and provide advancement of expenses) Executive for all acts and omissions by him and any action on his part while acting in his capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or another related corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and for losses that arise from serving at the request of the Company or a subsidiary thereof as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. Executive shall be covered by directors' and officers' liability insurance on a basis no less favorable than provided to directors and officers of the Company, including "tail" coverage. 2. Compensation Page 1 of 12 (a) Salary. The Company shall pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at a gross annual rate of not less than $390,000. Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company's standard payroll procedures. (The annual compensation specified in this Subsection (a), together with any increases in such compensation that the Company may grant from time to time, is referred to in this Agreement as "Base Salary.") Incentive Bonuses. Executive shall be eligible for an annual incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 70% of his Base Salary (b) (the ·'Target Bonus"). Executive's bonus (if any) shall be awarded based on criteria established by the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") or its Compensation Committee. Executive shall not be entitled to an incentive bonus for a fiscal year if he is not employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year for which such bonus is payable or is provided notice of termination under Section 5(b) prior to such time. Any bonus for a fiscal year shall be paid within 2½ months after the close of that fiscal year. The determinations of the Board or its Compensation Committee with respect to such bonus shall be final and binding. 3. Paid Time Off and Employee Benefits. During his Employment, Executive shall be eligible for paid time off in accordance with the Company's Flex Time Policy, which allows and encourages employees to take a reasonable amount of paid vacation and personal time each calendar year without having to accrue hours. During his Employment, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans maintained by the Company, subject in each case to the terms and conditions of the plan in question. 4. Business Expenses. During his Employment, Executive shall be authorized to incur necessary and reasonable travel, entertainment, and other business expenses in connection with his duties hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except to the extent any expense or reimbursement provided pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a "deferral of compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided to Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to Executive in any other calendar year, (b) the reimbursements for expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred and (c) the right to payment or reimbursement hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. 5. Term of Employment. (a) Employment Term. The Company hereby employs Executive to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 1 for the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending upon the earlier of (i) the date of Executive’s resignation from the Company and (ii) the date Executive’s Employment is terminated in accordance with Section 5(b) (the "Term"). (b) Termination of Employment. The Company may terminate Executive's Employment at any time and for any reason (or no reason), and with or without Cause, by giving Executive 30 days' advance notice in writing. Executive may terminate his Employment by giving the Company 30 days' advance notice in writing. The Company shall have the right at any time during such 30- day period, to relieve Executive of his offices, duties and responsibilities and place him on a paid leave-of-absence status, provided that during such notice period, Executive shall remain a full time employee of the Company and shall continue to receive his then current salary compensation and other benefits as provided in this Agreement. Executive's Employment shall terminate Page 2 of 12 automatically in the event of his death. The termination of Executive's Employment shall not limit or otherwise affect his obligations under Section 7. (c) Rights Upon Termination. Upon Executive's termination of Employment for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to the compensation, benefits and reimbursements described in Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 for the period preceding the effective date of such termination or otherwise accrued before such termination. Upon the termination of Executive's Employment under certain circumstances, Executive may be entitled to additional severance pay benefits described in Section 6. This Agreement shall terminate when all obligations of the parties hereunder have been satisfied. The payments under this Agreement shall fully discharge all responsibilities of the Company to Executive under this Agreement. (d) Rights Upon Death. If Executive's Employment ends due to death, (A) Executive's estate shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to his target bonus for the fiscal year in which his death occurred (or, if greater, the bonus amount determined based on the applicable factors and actual performance for such fiscal year), prorated based on the number of days he was employed by the Company during that fiscal year and (B) all stock options, shares of restricted stock (other than performance-related restricted stock), and other time-based equity awards granted by the Company and held by Executive at the time of his death shall be fully vested. All amounts under this Section 5(d) shall be paid no later than the date all regular employees are paid their bonuses. (e) Rights Upon Permanent Disability. If Executive's Employment ends due to Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, (I) Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to his Target Bonus for the fiscal year in which his Employment ended (or, if reasonably ascertainable and greater, the bonus amount determined based on the applicable factors and actual performance for such fiscal year), prorated based on the number of days he was employed by the Company during that fiscal year, and (ii) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company's health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation, and (II) all stock options, shares of restricted stock (other than performance-related restricted stock) and other time-based equity awards granted by the Company and held by Executive shall be fully vested as of the date of Executive's Separation. The amounts payable under this Section 5(e) shall be paid no later 60 days after Executive's Separation. 6. Termination Benefits. Preconditions. Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Subsections (b) and (c) below shall not apply unless (a) Executive: (i) Has executed (or, with respect to Section 5(d), the executor or his estate has executed) a general release of all claims Executive (or his executor or estate) may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) (the "Release"); (ii) Complies with Executive's obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement. Page 3 of 12 (iii) Has returned all property of the Company in Executive's possession; and If requested by the Board, has resigned as a member of the Board and as a member of the boards of directors of all subsidiaries of (iv) the Company, to the extent applicable. Executive must execute and return the Release within the period of time set forth in the Release (the "Release Deadline"). The Release Deadline will in no event be later than 50 days after Executive's Separation. If Executive fails to return the Release on or before the Release Deadline or if Executive revokes the Release, then Executive will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 6. (b) Severance Pay in the Absence of a Change in Control. If, during the term of this Agreement and not at a time described in subsection (c) below, Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs or the Company terminates Executive's Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then (i) the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (A) one and one-half times the sum of (1) his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment plus, (2) his average annual bonus based on the actual amounts received in the immediately preceding two years, and (B) the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company's health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation. In the event that Executive Employment is terminated for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability or Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason under this Subsection prior to the payment of two full-year annual bonuses to Executive, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the (b) immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use his Target Bonus in the year of termination if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs prior to the payment of the first full-year annual bonus to Executive and an average of the Target Bonus and the first year bonus actually paid to Executive if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs after the payment of the first full-year annual bonus but prior to the payment of two full-year bonuses to Executive (such severance bonus amount described in clause (i)(B) above as modified by this sentence, the “Severance Bonus”). However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (b) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act). Severance Pay in Connection with a Change in Control. If, during the term of this Agreement and within (i) 120 days prior to or (c) on or (ii) 24 months following a Change in Control, Executive is subject to an Involuntary Termination, then (i) the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (x) two times his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment plus two times the Severance Bonus and (y) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company's health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation, and (ii) all stock options, shares of restricted stock (other than performance-related restricted stock that is tied to performance after the Change in Control), and other time-based equity awards granted by the Company and held by Executive shall be fully vested as of the date of the Involuntary Termination. However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (c) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act). Page 4 of 12 (c) Commencement of Severance Payments. Payment of the severance pay provided for under this Agreement will be made no later than the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs no later than 50 days after Executive's Separation, but only if Executive has complied with the release and other preconditions set forth in Subsection (a) (to the extent applicable). However, except as provided in the next following sentence, if the 50-day period described in Section S(a) spans two calendar years, then the payment will be made on the first payroll date in the second calendar year following expiration of the applicable revocation period. In the event that Executive experiences an Involuntary Termination immediately at or after a Change in Control, the Company shall work with the surviving company to ensure that any payments due to Executive under subsection (c) above be paid upon the closing of the Change in Control. In addition, if at any time the parties agree that a Good Reason arises after the Change in Control and severance is due to Executive under subsection (c), the Company shall work with the surviving company to ensure that any such payments due to Executive are paid promptly after such Good Reason arises. (d) Section 409A. This Agreement shall be construed consistently with the intent that all payments hereunder shall be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code by reason of the "short-term" deferral exemption or a different exemption. Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. If the Company determines that Executive is a "specified employee" under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of his Separation, then (i) payment of any "nonqualified deferred compensation" (within the meaning of Section 409A) that is payable to Executive upon Separation shall be delayed until the first business day following (A) expiration of the six-month period measured from Executive's Separation, or (B) the date of Executive's death, and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when such payments commence. (e) Mitigation. If Executive's employment terminates for any reason entitling Executive to receive separation payments and/or benefits under this Agreement, then in no event shall Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to Executive under this Agreement, and such amount shall not be reduced regardless of whether Executive obtains other employment or becomes self-employed. 7. Protective Covenants. (a) Non-Competition. As one of the Company's executive and management personnel and officer, Executive has acquired extensive and valuable knowledge and confidential information concerning the business of the Company, including certain trade secrets the Company wishes to protect. Executive further acknowledges that during his employment he will have access to and knowledge of Proprietary Information. To protect the Company's Proprietary Information, and in consideration of this Agreement, Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, whether under this Agreement or otherwise (the ·'Restricted Period"), he will not without the Company's approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), directly or Page 5 of 12 indirectly engage in (whether as an employee, consultant, proprietor, partner, director or otherwise), have any ownership interest in, or participate in the financing, operation, management, or control of, any person, firm, corporation, or business that engages in a Restricted Business in a Restricted Territory; provided that the Executive shall not be deemed to be engaged in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of a Restricted Business if the Restricted Business constitutes less than 25 percent by revenue of the person, firm, corporation or business with which Executive is involved and the Executive is not personally directly engaged in the Restricted Business. It is agreed that ownership of (i) no more than one percent (l %) of the outstanding voting stock of a publicly traded corporation or (ii) any stock he presently owns shall not constitute a violation of this Section. (b) Non-Solicitation and Non-Servicing. During his employment with the Company and continuing for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, whether under this Agreement or otherwise, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, personally or through others, (i) attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any Client of the Company to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending its contractual or other relationship with the Company in regard to the purchase or licensing of products or services manufactured, marketed, licensed or sold by the Company, or to become a Client of or enter into any contractual or other relationship with Executive or any other individual, person or entity in regard to the purchase or license of products or services similar or identical to those manufactured, marketed or sold by the Company; or (ii) attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any individual, person or entity which is, or at any time during Executive's employment with the Company was, a supplier of any product or service to the Company or vendor of the Company (whether as a distributor, agent, employee or otherwise) to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending his, her or its contractual or other relationship with the Company; provided, however, this subparagraph (ii) shall not apply with respect to (I) during the first six (6) months after Executive's Separation, up to two service providers of the Company who report in to Executive's organization, were recruited by Executive and had worked with Executive in prior employment, plus Executive's administrative assistant, and (II) during the next six (6) month period thereafter, up to two service providers of the Company who report in to Executive's organization, were recruited by Executive and had worked with Executive in prior employment; or (iii) render to or for any Client any services of the type rendered by the Company; or (iv) subject to the exceptions in subparagraph (ii) above, employ as an employee or retain as a consultant any person who is then, or at any time during the preceding twelve months was, an employee of or consultant to the Company (unless the Company had terminated the employment or engagement of such employee or exclusive consultant prior to the time of the alleged prohibited conduct), or persuade, induce or attempt to persuade any employee of or consultant to the Company to leave the employ of the Company or to breach any service arrangement with the Company. (c) Non-Disclosure. Executive has entered into a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference. Page 6 of 12 (d) Reasonable. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the time limitation on the restrictions in this Section 7, combined with the geographic scope, is reasonable. Executive also acknowledges and agrees that this provision is reasonably necessary for the protection of Proprietary Information, that through his Employment he shall receive adequate consideration for any loss of opportunity associated with the provisions herein, and that these provisions provide a reasonable way of protecting the Company's business value which will be imparted to him. If any restriction set forth in this Section 7 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable. 8. Successors. (a) Company's Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company's business and/or assets. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term ·'Company" shall include any successor to the Company's business and/or assets which becomes bound by this Agreement. (b) Employee's Successors. This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. 9. Taxes. (a) Withholding Taxes. All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes or other deductions required to be withheld by law. (b) Tax Advice. Executive is encouraged to obtain his own tax advice regarding his compensation from the Company. Executive agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes Executive's tax liabilities, and Executive shall not make any claim against the Company, or the Board related to tax liabilities arising from Executive's compensation. (c) Parachute Taxes. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise ("Total Payments") to be made to Executive would otherwise exceed the amount (the "Safe Harbor Amount") that could be received by Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount if (and only if) the Safe Harbor Amount (net of applicable taxes) is greater than the net amount payable to Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments. All determinations to be made under this subparagraph (c) shall be made by a public accounting firm selected by the Company before the date of the Change in Control (the "Accounting Firm"). In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the Page 7 of 12 restrictive covenants in effect for Executive pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, and the amount of his potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall be reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants and all other permissible adjustments to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder. To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this subparagraph (c), such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive. In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero. All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this subparagraph (c) shall be borne solely by the Company. l 0. Definitions. (a) Cause. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean: (i) An intentional and unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of the Company's confidential information or trade secrets, which use, or disclosure causes material harm to the Company. (ii) A material breach by Executive of any material agreement between Executive and the Company. (iii) A material failure by Executive to comply with the Company's written policies or rules that are made available to Executive. (iv) Executive's conviction of or plea of "guilty" or "no contest" to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. (v) Executive's gross negligence or willful misconduct which causes material harm to the Company. or (vi) A continued failure by Executive to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board (other than by reason of Executive's physical or mental illness, incapacity, or disability). Any act of Executive based on advice of counsel or instruction of the Board or Chief Executive Officer shall be deemed to be in good faith and shall not be deemed to constitute a material failure or breach by Executive for the purposes of this section of the Agreement. The Company shall not have the right to terminate Executive for Cause unless the Company provides Executive with written notice of such breach or failure and, with respect to subparagraphs (ii), (iii), (v) or (vi), Executive fails to cure the breach or failure within 30 days of the Company's written notice to Executive of such breach or failure. Page 8 of 12 (b) Change in Control. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of: (i) The acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's stock that, together with other stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company. (ii) The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company. (iii) The replacement of a majority of the members of the Board, during any 12-month period, by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of such appointment or election; directors shall not be considered endorsed by the majority of the members of the Board if they assume office in connection with or at the time of an actual or threatened proxy contest; or (iv) The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's assets having a total gross fair market value (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) of 80% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; (v) A merger or similar business combination involving the Company or one of its affiliates, which immediately following the business combination the shareholders of the Company cease to own a majority of the entity resulting from such business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation), or Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation's assets). (c) Client. For all purposes under this Agreement, ·'Client" shall mean (i) anyone who is a client of the Company as of, or at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, the termination of Executive's employment, but only if Executive had a direct relationship with, supervisory responsibility for or otherwise were involved with such client during Executive's employment with the Company and (ii) any prospective client to whom the Company made a new business presentation (or similar offering of services) at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, or six-month period immediately following, Executive's employment termination (but only if initial discussions between the Company and such prospective client relating to the rendering of services occurred prior to the termination date, and only if Executive participated in or supervised such presentation and/or its preparation or the discussions leading up to it). (d) Code. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. (e) Company. For all purposes under this Agreement, ·'Company" shall include Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates. (t) Good Reason. For all purposes under this Agreement, ·'Good Reason" shall mean: Page 9 of 12 a reduction in Executive's base salary by more than 10% unless, prior to a Change in Control only, pursuant to a Company- wide (i) salary reduction affecting all of the Company's Section 16 officers proportionately. relocation of Executive's principal workplace that results in an increase to Executive's commute by more than 30 miles or the (ii) requirement that Executive perform his duties from any particular location. a diminution in the Executive’s title or reporting relationship or a material diminution in a Executive’s authority, duties, or (iii) responsibilities with respect to the Company; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any other agreement with the Company. A condition shall not be considered "Good Reason" unless Executive gives the Company written notice of such condition within 90 days after Executive has knowledge of such condition and the Company fails to remedy such condition (or in the case of (v), remedy such breach) within 30 days after receiving Executive's written notice. In addition, Executive's resignation must occur no later than 12 months after Executive has knowledge of such condition. (g) Involuntary Termination. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Involuntary Termination" shall mean either (i) the Company terminates Executive's Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, or (ii) Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs. (h) Permanent Disability. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Permanent Disability" shall mean, in the reasonable determination by the Compensation Committee, Executive's inability to perform the essential functions of Executive's position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 180 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment. (i) Proprietary Information. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Proprietary Information" shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company. By way of illustration but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes (i) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; and (ii) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (iii) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. U) Restricted Business. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Restricted Business" shall mean the design, development, marketing or sales of software, or any other process, system, product, or service marketed, sold or under development by the Company (and expected to reach market before the end of the Restricted Period) at the time Executive's employment with the Company ends, whether during or after the Term. (k) Restricted Territory. For all purposes under this Agreement, "Restricted Territory" shall mean any state, county, or locality in the United States or around the world in which the Company conducts business. (1) Separation. For all purposes under this Employment Agreement, "Separation" means a "separation from service," as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code. Page 10 of 12 (m) Solicit. For all purposes under this Agreement, "solicit" shall mean (i) active solicitation of any Client or Company employee (but not general marketing of a product, service or open position not targeted at such employee); (ii) the provision of information regarding any Client or Company employee to any third party where such information could be useful to such third party in attempting to obtain business from such Client or attempting to hire any such Company employee; (iii) participation in any meetings, discussions, or other communications with any third party regarding any Client or Company employee where the purpose or effect of such meeting, discussion or communication is to obtain business from such Client or employ such Company employee; and (iv) any other passive use of information about any Client or Company employee which has the purpose or effect of assisting a third party or causing harm to the business of the Company; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Solicit include advertising (whether in writing, electronically or otherwise) that is not targeted at Clients, suppliers, vendors or Company employees. 11. Miscellaneous Provisions. (a) Notice. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, when delivered by FedEx with delivery charges prepaid, or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Tn the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address that he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary. (b) Modifications and Waivers. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived, or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time. (c) Whole Agreement. This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations, or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) between Executive and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall supersede an express promise made by the Company in Executive's offer letter. (d) Choice of Law and Severability. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey (except their provisions governing the choice of law). If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable or, if such provision cannot be so amended without materially altering the intention of the parties, then such provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. If any provision of this Agreement is rendered illegal by any present or future statute, law, ordinance, or regulation (collectively the "Law"), then such provision shall be curtailed or limited only to the minimum extent necessary to bring such provision into compliance with the Law. All the other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without impairment or limitation. In the event of any good faith dispute following a Change in Control, the Company shall pay the Executive reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with such dispute. Page 11 of 12 (e) No Assignment. This Agreement and all rights and obligations of Executive hereunder are personal to Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by Executive at any time. The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to any entity that assumes the Company's obligations hereunder in connection with any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to such entity. (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. (g) Survival. The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation Sections 1(d), 6 and 7) shall survive, and remaining binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement, the termination of Executive's Employment hereunder or otherwise, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provision. (h) Attorneys Fees. The Company shall also reimburse Executive’s attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement up to a maximum of $10,000.00. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parities has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written. SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGLES, INC. BY: __________________________________ Jeff Miller – President & CEO ACCEPTED BY: __________________________________________ TAYLOR GREENWALD Page 12 of 12 Exhibit 23.1 We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (1) Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑136088) pertaining to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (2) Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑167000) pertaining to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (3) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-216614) pertaining to the Intralinks Holdings, Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Grant Plan and Intralinks Holdings, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, (4) Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑168745) pertaining to the 2010 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (5) Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑179544) pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (6) Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑188939) pertaining to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333‑204311) pertaining to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333‑237276) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (9) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333‑257097) pertaining to the Amended and Restated 2015 Equity Incentive Plan of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (10) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333‑248133) of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., (11) Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333‑260482) of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., and (12) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333‑230539) pertaining to the Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2017 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan, Glenn Lurie Inducement Awards and Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan; of our reports dated March 15, 2022, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Iselin, New Jersey March 15, 2022 A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION RULE 13a-14(a) Exhibit 31.1 I, Jeff Miller, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 15, 2022 /s/ Jeff Miller Jeff Miller Chief Executive Officer CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION RULE 13a-14(a) Exhibit 31.2 I, Taylor Greenwald, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 15, 2022 /s/ Taylor Greenwald Taylor Greenwald Chief Financial Officer CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.1 In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jeff Miller, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief that: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This certification is being provided pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 and is not to be deemed a part of the Report, nor is it to be deemed to be “filed” for any purpose whatsoever. Date: March 15, 2022 /s/ Jeff Miller Jeff Miller Chief Executive Officer A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.2 In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Taylor Greenwald, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge and belief that: (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This certification is being provided pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 and is not to be deemed a part of the Report, nor is it to be deemed to be “filed” for any purpose whatsoever. Date: March 15, 2022 /s/ Taylor Greenwald Taylor Greenwald Chief Financial Officer A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above